Environmental Impact Assessment Report Vitthal Refined Sugars Ltd

Environment Impact Assessment Report Baseline monitoring period Dec 2018 to Feb 2019

ESTABLISHMENT OF INTEGRATED SUGAR INDUSTRY

Sugar 5000 TCD, Co-generation 29.5 MW, Grain based Distillery 45 KLPD & Molasses /Sugarcane Juice/ Sugar Beet based distillery 60 KLPD A/P Pande, Tal. Karmala, Dist. Solapur, Maharashtra

ROJECT PROPONENT

M/s VITTHAL REFINED SUGARS LTD.

ENVIRONMENT CONSULTANT AND LABORATORY MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd., Pune Environment Management and Engineering Division QCI-NABET Accredited Consultant Accreditation No. NABET/EIA/1720/RA0075 Behind DIC Office, Agriculture College Campus, Shivajinagar,Pune 411 005, Maharashtra (INDIA) Tel: +91- 020-66289400/404/407 EME/CS/CRSL/2018-19/111: R00 25.02.2019 Environmental Impact Assessment Report Vitthal Refined Sugars Ltd. Establishment Of Integrated Sugar Industry (Sugar 5000 TCD, Co-generation 29.5 MW, grain based distillery 45 KLPD & 60 KLPD molasses/sugarcane juice/ Sugar Beet based distillery) at village Pande, Tal. Karmala, Dist. Solapur, Maharashtra

DECLARATION BY EXPERTS INVOLVED IN PREPARATION OF EIA REPORT

Sugar 5000 TCD, Co-generation 29.5 MW, Grain based Distillery 45 KLPD & Molasses /Sugarcane Juice/ Sugar Beet based distillery 60 KLPD A/P Pande, Tal. Karmala, Dist. Solapur, Maharashtra

I, hereby certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA. EIA Coordinator Signature & Date: 21.03.2019

Name : Dr. Hemangi Nalavade Period of involvement : Sep 2018 to till date Contact information : MITCON Consultancy and Engineering Services Ltd. Environment Management & Engineering Division Agriculture College Campus, Next to DIC office, Shivaji Nagar, Pune. 411 005, Maharashtra (India)

Functional Area Experts S. Name of the Functional Signature & Involvement (Period & Task) No. expert/s Area Date 1. Dr. Sandeep EB & SC Sep 2018 to till date, Jadhav Interpretation of primary data and analysis of results and predicting impacts and providing mitigation measures. Analysis of soil interpretation of results. 2. Mr. Shrikant EB SepImpact 2018 predictions to till date and to suggestingtill date Field of visit Kakade formitigation study of measures flora and fauna in the 10 km area, study of rare endangers species. Primary data collection. Interpretation of primary data and analysis of results and predicting impacts and providing mitigation measures. 3. Dr. Hemangi AQ, SHW Sep 2018 to till date N. Nalavade Baseline survey & preparation of EIA EMP. Air quality modeling for prediction of air writing , inputs Water &social aspects pollution impact due to proposed project using ISCST-3 model. Computed the maximum GLC of pollutant over baseline environmental parameter. Identification for hazardous solid waste. Prediction of the impact and suggesting mitigation measures. Formulation of EMP.

S. Name of the Functional Signature & Involvement (Period & Task) No. expert/s Area Date 4. Mr. Ganesh SE Sep 2018 to till date Khamgal Data collection, interpretation and impact assessment, suggestion to CSR 5. Dr. HG & GEO Sepactivities 2018 to till date Karmalkar Review and observation of hydrology and geology in the 10 km radius of the

project area, data collection and interpretation; identification of impact 6. Ananat LU Sepand formulation2018 to till date of EMP Gadre Site Observations and preparation of Land use maps.

7. Mr. Chetan ISW Sep 2018 to till date Patil Review of Interpretation of identified hazardous substances and degree of risk prediction of the impact and suggesting

8. Mr. Aniket RH Sepmitigation 2018 tomeasures. till date Taware Assisting in Risk assessment and its report preparation 9. Mr. Sanjay Air and Noise Sep 2018 to till date Shevkar Pollution Identification of air pollution sources and impact assessment and mitigation measures Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization

I, Dr. Sandeep Jadhav (Executive Vice President & Head, EME Division) hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts involved in Environmental Impact Assessment of Sugar 5000 TCD, Co- generation 29.5 MW, Grain based Distillery 45 KLPD & Molasses /Sugarcane Juice/ Sugar Beet based distillery 60 KLPD at A/P Pande, Tal. Karmala, Dist. Solapur, Maharashtra

I also confirm that I shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information mentioned in this statement Signature:

Name Dr. Sandeep Jadhav Designation Executive Vice President & Head, EME Division EIA Consultant Organization MITCON Consultancy and Engineering Services Ltd

CONTENTS CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION ...... 23 1.1 Purpose of the report ...... 23 1.2 Brief description of the Project Proponent ...... 23 1.3 EIA Consultant ...... 24 1.4 Brief thoughts on the project ...... 25 1.5 Justification and need of the project ...... 26 1.6 Brief summary of the peculiarities ...... 27 1.7 Applicable Environmental Acts & Rules ...... 28 1.8 Chronology of the project ...... 29 1.9 Objective and scope of study ...... 29 1.9.1 The steps of EIA ...... 30 1.10 Conclusion ...... 33 CHAPTER II: PROJECT DESCRIPTION ...... 34 2.1 Type of Project ...... 34 2.2 Need of the project ...... 34 2.3 Project Location ...... 37 2.4 Land Details ...... 40 2.5 Size and Magnitude of the Operation...... 42 2.6 Resource Requirement ...... 45 2.6.1 Raw material ...... 45 2.6.2 Fuel requirement ...... 46 2.6.3 Steam requirement ...... 46 2.6.4 Electricity requirement ...... 47 2.6.5 Manpower requirement ...... 48 2.6.6 Water requirement ...... 48 2.7 Technology and process description ...... 52 2.7.1 Sugar Plant (5000 TCD) ...... 52 2.7.2 Process description of cogeneration power plant ...... 56 2.7.3 Process description molasses/cane juice based distillery (60 KLPD)...... 58 2.7.4 Process Description for Grain Based Distillery (45 KLPD) ...... 60 2.7.5. Description of Manufacturing Process for Malt Spirit ...... 63 2.7.6 Description of Manufacturing Process for Grape Spirit...... 64 2.7.7 Description of manufacturing process for CO2 recovery plant ...... 65 2.7.9 Manufacturing process for Cyclodextrin ...... 68 2.7.10 Description of Manufacturing Process for IMFL Bottling ...... 69 2.7.11 General requirement for sugar and distillery utilities ...... 70 2.8 Pollution Sources and its Mitigation measures ...... 71 2.9 Project Implementation Schedule ...... 73 2.10 Project Cost Estimate ...... 73 2.11 Conclusion ...... 74 Chapter III: Description of the Environment ...... 75 3.1 Environmental Parameters ...... 75 3.2 Study Period ...... 76 3.3 Frequency of Monitoring ...... 76 4

3.4 Study area ...... 77 3.5.1 Geology ...... 81 3.5.2 Hydrology ...... 81 3.5.3 Topography ...... 84 3.6 Land use pattern ...... 86 3.6.1 Land Cover of the study area ...... 86 3.7 Seismology ...... 89 3.8 Climatic condition & meteorology ...... 89 3.8.1 Methodology ...... 90 3.8.2 Average Meteorological Condition (Source: IMD) ...... 90 3.8.4 Relative Humidity ...... 91 3.8.5 Precipitation ...... 91 3.8.6 Wind Speed and Wind Direction ...... 92 3.9 Ambient Air Quality ...... 95 3.10 Ambient noise monitoring results ...... 99 3.11 Water Quality ...... 102 3.12 Soil Environment ...... 109 3.13 Ecology Biodiversity ...... 112 3.13.1 Vegetation study ...... 115 3.13.2 Faunal Studies ...... 121 3.13.3 Cropping Pattern ...... 124 3.14 Socio-economic Environment ...... 125 3.14.1. Demographic Structure ...... 128 Gurukul Public School, Karmala ...... 133 Chapter IV: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENT IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES ...... 135 4.1 INTRODUCTION ...... 135 4.1.1 Phase I ...... 135 4.1.2 Phase II ...... 136 4.2 Identification of Impact during construction and commissioning phase ...... 137 4.2.1 Impacts on Land Environment ...... 137 4.2.2 Impacts on Air Quality ...... 138 4.2.3 Impacts on Noise Quality ...... 140 4.2.4 Impacts on water quality ...... 141 4.2.5 Impacts on biological environment ...... 141 4.2.6 Impacts on Socio-economics ...... 142 4.2.7 Occupational health and safety ...... 143 4.3 Identification of impact during operation phase ...... 144 4.3.1 Ambient Air Environment ...... 144 4.3.2 Impact on traffic density ...... 150 4.3.3 Impacts on noise level ...... 151 4.3.4 Odor management ...... 153 4.3.5 Impacts on water quality ...... 155 4.3.5.1 Spent wash storage lagoon details ...... 162 4.3.5.2 CREP Guidelines and its compliance mechanism ...... 163 4.3.6 Impacts of Solid waste generation ...... 165 5

4.3.7 Impacts on Biological environment ...... 168 4.3.8 Socio-Economic Environment ...... 169 4.3.9 Occupational Health & Safety ...... 170 4.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT MATRIX ...... 171 4.3.1 Conclusion of impact matrix assessment ...... 174 CHAPTER V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ...... 175 5.1 Analysis of Alternatives ...... 175 5.2 Analysis of Site Alternatives ...... 176 5.3 Analysis of alternative technology ...... 177 5.4 Wastewater treatment options ...... 181 5.5 Conclusion ...... 183 CHAPTER VI ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM...... 184 6.1 Introduction ...... 184 6.1 Importance of Post Environment Monitoring ...... 184 6.2 Objective of Monitoring Plan ...... 185 6.3 Environment Monitoring Plan ...... 185 6.3.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan during Construction Phase ...... 185 6.3.2 Post project Environmental Monitoring Plan ...... 186 6.4 Monitoring methodologies ...... 189 6.5 Reporting and documentation ...... 189 6.6 Laboratory Facility...... 190 6.7 Formulation of Environment Management Cell (EMC) ...... 190 6.8 Effective Implementation on Environmental Monitoring Programme ...... 191 6.9 Budgetary provision for environment management ...... 191 CHAPTER VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES ...... 192 7.1 Public consultation ...... 192 7.2 Risk Assessment ...... 195 7.2.1 Salient Feature of Risk Mitigation ...... 196 7.2.2 Identification of Risks ...... 197 7.2.3 Fire and Explosion Index ...... 200 7.2.4 Consequence Analysis ...... 202 7.2.5 Risk Mitigation Measures ...... 203 7.2.6 Possibilities, Nature and Effects of Emergency ...... 203 7.2.7 Methodology of MCA Analysis ...... 204 7.2.8 Consequence analysis ...... 204 7.2.9 Factors influencing the use of physical effect models ...... 205 7.7.10 Specific Emergencies Anticipated and Mitigation Measures ...... 208 7.2.11 Risk Reduction Measures ...... 210 7.3.1 Capabilities of DMP ...... 211 7.3.2 Declaration of Emergency ...... 211 7.3.3 Control of Emergency ...... 213 7.3.4 Emergency Fire Fighting Equipment ...... 213 7.3.5 Evacuation of Workers and Plant Shut Down ...... 214 7.4 Disaster Control Philosophy ...... 215

7.4.1 On-Site Emergency Management ...... 216 7.4.2 Offsite Emergency Plan ...... 220 CHAPTER VIII PROJECT BENEFITS ...... 223 8.1 Proponent approach towards the project ...... 223 8.2 Project Benefits ...... 223 8.2.1 Improvements in the physical infrastructure ...... 223 8.2.2 Improvements in the social infrastructure ...... 223 8.2.3 Employment Potential ...... 224 8.2.4 Advantages of sugar, distilleries and cogeneration ...... 225 8.3 Conclusion ...... 225 CHAPTER IX: ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS ...... 226 9.1 Environmental Benefits ...... 226 CHAPTER X ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN ...... 227 10.1 Introduction ...... 227 10.2 Objectives of Environmental Management Plan ...... 227 10.3 Checklist of Statutory Obligations ...... 227 10.4 Institutionl arrangements for Environmentprotection & Conservation ...... 228 10.4.1 Responsibilities of Environmental Management Cell ...... 229 10.5 Environment Management Plan Implementation schedule ...... 230 10.2 Environmental management during construction phase ...... 234 10.2.1 Site preparation ...... 234 10.2.2 Noise ...... 234 10.2.3 Construction equipment and waste ...... 235 10.3 Environment Management Plan for Operation Phase ...... 236 10.3.1 Air Pollution Management ...... 236 10.3.2 Noise pollution management ...... 236 10.3.3 Water and waste water management ...... 237 10.3.5 Odor Management Plan ...... 241 10.3.6 Greenbelt development ...... 241 10.3.7 Management of traffic ...... 244 10.3.8 Rainwater Harvesting Plan ...... 244 10.3.9 Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) ...... 246 10.3.10 Risk Assessment ...... 246 10.3.11 Socioeconomic Development ...... 249 10.4 Environment Management Cell (EMC) ...... 250 10.4.1 Responsibilities of Environmental Management Cell ...... 251 10.5 Post Clearance Monitoring Protocol ...... 252 10.6 Environment Management Plan Implementation schedule ...... 252 10.7 Environment Management Cost ...... 256 10.9 Conclusion ...... 256 CHAPTER XI SUMMARY & CONCLUSION ...... 257 11.1 Scope of the study ...... 257 11.2 Project information in brief ...... 257 11.3 Other raw material requirements for the project ...... 260 7

11.5 Description of the environment ...... 261 11.6 Anticipated Environmental Impacts ...... 261 CHAPTER XI DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT 12.1 Background of the organization ...... 263 12.2 Environmental Management and Engineering Division (EME) ...... 263 12.3 NABET Accreditation ...... 264 12.4 Key personnel’s engaged in preparation of EIA report ...... 265

List of Tables

Table 1.1: Chronology of the environmental clearance process ...... 29 Table 1.2: EIA Structure ...... 31 Table 2.1: Detailed breakup of the land ...... 40 Table 2.1: Raw Material details ...... 45 Table 2.2: Storage tank details ...... 46 Table 2.3: Fuel consumption ...... 46 Table 2.4: Steam Balance ...... 46 Table 2.5: Electricity requirement balance ...... 47 Table 2.6:Design parameters of the proposed sugar plant have been indicated below ...... 47 Table 2.7:Brief design parameters for the cogeneration power plant will be as follows: ...... 48 Table 2.8: Total Fresh water requirement for various units ...... 49 Table 2.9: Water balance for 45 KLPD Grain based Distillery unit & IMFL Bottling...... 50 Table 2.10: Water balance for 60 KLPD Distillery unit & Country liquor Input ...... 51 Table 2.11 : Waste generation for the entire project ...... 71 Table 2.12 :Environment Management Cost ...... 74 Table 3.1: Environmental Parameter & Frequency of Monitoring ...... 76 Table 3.2: Environmental setting ...... 77 Table 3.4: Average of meteorological data ...... 90 Table 3.8: Methodology for AAQM ...... 95 Table 3.9: Air sampling locations ...... 96 Table 3.10: Ambient Air analysis results ...... 98 Table 3.11: Noise Level Monitoring Locations ...... 100 Table 3.12: Results of noise monitoring ...... 102 Table 3.14: Results of surface water sampling ...... 106 Table 3.15: Results of ground water sampling ...... 107 Table 3.16: Soil sampling locations ...... 109 Table 3.17: Results of soil sampling ...... 111 Table 3.18: List of herbaceous species ...... 115 Table 3.21: List of Mammals ...... 121 Table 3.22: List of Reptiles ...... 122 Table 3.23: List Butterflies ...... 122 Table 3.24: Ave species found in the study area ...... 123 Table 3.25: Socio Economic data of study area compared with Solapur District and Maharashtra ...... 129 Table 3.26: Village’s wise demography at a glance within 10 km study area ...... 129 Table 3.28: Schools near Project Site ...... 133 Table 3.29 Sugar Factories & cane crushed in Solapur District ...... 133 Table 3.30 Highlights of Distilleries in Solapur District ...... 134 Table 4.1: Cumulative Pollutant Potential ...... 145 Table 4.2: Stack details ...... 146 Table 4.3: Proximate analysis of spent wash concentrate...... 146 Table 4.4: Ultimate analysis of spent wash concentrate ...... 146 Table 4.5: Composition of Biogas...... 147 Table 4.6: Stack details ...... 149 Table 4.7: Predicted 24 Hourly Short Term Maximum Incremental Concentrations ...... 149 Table 4.9: Transportation of raw materials & products ...... 151 Table 4.9: Odour mitigation efforts ...... 154 Table 4.10: Total fresh water requirement for various units ...... 156 Table 4.11: Waste generation from integrated plant ...... 156

Table 4.12: Characteristics of combined sugar & co-gen effluent ...... 157 Table 4.13: ETP units ...... 158 Table 4.14: Characteristics of DDGS ...... 163 Table 4.15: Details of liquid effluent stream are as follows m3/d ...... 164 Table 4.16: Composition of spent wash from continuous manufacturing process ...... 164 Table 4.17: Characteristics of Spent Lees ...... 165 Table 4.18: Characteristic of wastewater from cooling tower and boiler blow down ...... 165 Table 4.19: Inlet and outlet characteristics of Process Condensate treatment unit ...... 165 Table 4.20: Non Hazardous solid waste generation/ solid outputs ...... 166 Table 4.2: Impact Matrix of Proposed Project ...... 171 Table 6.1: Environmental Monitoring Plan during Construction Phase ...... 186 Table 6.2: Environmental monitoring schedule ...... 187 Table 6.3: Methodology of Environmental Monitoring ...... 189 Table 6.4: Environment Monitoring Cell ...... 190 Table 6.5: Implementation Plan to Mitigate Environmental Impact ...... 191 Table 6.6: Environment Management Cost ...... 191 Table 7.1: Fire & Explosion Index ...... 201 Table 7.2: Risk Index...... 201 Table 7.3: The Physiological effects of threshold Thermal Doses ...... 201 Table 7.4: Damage due to Incident Radiation Intensity ...... 202 Table 7.5: Fire & safety facilities ...... 209 Table 10.1: Environment Monitoring Cell and its responsibilities ...... 228 Table 10.2: EMP implementation phases during Construction ...... 231 Table 10.3: EMP implementation phases during Operation ...... 232 Table 10.5: List of Plant Species for Plantations ...... 243 Table 10.7: Hazards & Mitigation Measures Associated with RS/ENA ...... 247 Table 10.7: CER Activity Action Plan ...... 249 Table 10.9: Environment Monitoring Cell and its responsibilities ...... 250 Table 10.10: EMP implementation phases during Construction ...... 253 Table 10.10: EMP implementation phases during Operation ...... 254 Table 10.11: Environment Management Cost ...... 256 Table 11.1: Project information ...... 257 Table 11.2: Raw Material details ...... 260 Table 11.5: Anticipated Impacts ...... 261 Table 12.1: Experts engaged in the EIA report ...... 265

List of Figures Figure 2.1: Map showing project site location ...... 38 Figure 2.2: Google Image of Project Site ...... 38 Figure 2.3: Plant Layout ...... 39 Figure 2.5: Sugar manufacturing process ...... 55 Figure 2.6: Cogeneration process flow chart ...... 57 Figure 2.7: Manufacturing process for molasses based distillery ...... 60 Figure 2.8: Manufacturing Process for Grain Based Distillery (45 KLPD) ...... 63 Figure 2.9: Manufacturing process of Malt ...... 64 Figure 2.10: Manufacturing Process for Grape Spirit ...... 65 Figure 2.11: CO2 Manufacturing Plant ...... 67 Figure 2.12: Manufacturing process for Cyclodextrin ...... 68

Figure 2.13: Manufacturing process for IMFL bottling ...... 69 Figure 2.13: Manufacturing process for country liquor bottling ...... 70 Figure 3.1: Toposheet of the 10 km study area ...... 78 Figure 3.2: Satellite image of the 10 km study area ...... 79 3.5 Physiography ...... 80 Figure 3.3: Physiography of the Solapur ...... 80 Figure 3.4: Drainage pattern of the Solapur ...... 82 Figure 3.5: Hydrology of the Solapur ...... 82 Figure 3.6: Pre-monsoon water depth of Solapur District ...... 83 Figure 3.7: Post-monsoon water depth of Solapur District ...... 84 Figure 3.8: Digital elevation of 10 km study area ...... 85 Table 3.3: Land use land cover statistics of the study area ...... 86 Figure 3.9: Land cover of 10 km study area ...... 87 Figure 3.11: Wind rose ...... 93 Figure 3.12: Wind class frequency distribution ...... 93 Figure 3.13: IMD wind rose (17.30 Hrs) from IMD station Solapur ...... 94 Figure 3.14: Air quality sampling lotion ...... 97 Figure 3.16: Surface water sampling location ...... 104 Figure 3.17: Ground water sampling location ...... 105 Figure 3.18: Soil sampling location ...... 110 Figure 3.19: Village map of 10 km sampling location ...... 131 Figure 4.1: Spent wash lagoon details ...... 162 Figure 5.1: Alternative technologies for spent wash treatment ...... 181 Figure 7.2: Typical organogram for onsite emergency management plan ...... 220 Figure 10.1: Environment Monitoring Cell ...... 228 Figure 10.1: Greenbelt development plan ...... 243 Figure 10.1: Environment Monitoring Cell ...... 250

TOR COMPLIANCE A. Standard Terms of Reference Sr. Awarded ToR’s Compliance No. 1. Executive Summary It is attached as a separate chapter to the EIA/ EMP report. 2. Introduction i. Details of the EIA Consultant including MITCON Consultancy and Engineering NABET accreditation Services Ltd., is a NABET accredited consultant organization ‘A’ (NABET/EIA/1720/RA0075). ii. Information about the project proponent Mentioned in chapter I iii. Importance and benefits of the project The current policies in Maharashtra and in India are conducive and backed by favorable regulatory framework for generation of eco- friendly power & ethanol, as well as regarding support for private investment in such integrated projects. The recent trend of increase in the crude oil prices shows possibilities of greater use of agro based alcohol for various applications. 3. Project Description i. Cost of project and time of completion. The total cost of the project is estimated about Rs. 305.86 Crores Expected time of completion of project is 2-3 years. ii. Products with capacities for the proposed Products & Co-products Unit Quantity project. Sugar Unit (5000 TCD) Sugar (sugar [email protected]%) TPD 575 Molasses TPD 200 Press Mud TPD 200 Bagasse Generation TPD 1500 Total Power Plants Capacity (29.5 MW) Co-generation/Spent wash MW 26/3.5 Incineration Boiler Molasses based distillery Unit (60 KLPD) R S & IS / ENA & TA /Fuel KLPD 60 Alcohol Fusel oil KLPD 0.18 Grain based distillery Unit

(45 KLPD) Rectified Spirit & IS/ENA &TA KLPD 45 Fusel oil KLPD 0.135 DDGS TPD 33 Malt Spirit KLPD 5 Grape Spirit KLPD 5

Distillery CO2 Recovery Plant TPD 50 Cyclodextrin Plant TPD 2.5 IMFL Bottling plant Cases/M One lac Country liquor bottling plant Cases/M Two lac

iii. If expansion project, details of existing Exisitng sugar 3500 TCD products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any. iv. List of raw materials required and their Sugarcane, Molasses, Grains, Urea, source along with mode of Antifoaming agent, Di-ammonium phosphate transportation. (DAP), Lime, Sulphur, Caustic soda, Hydrochloric acid, Sodium chloride, Phosphoric acid and Lubricant oil will the basic raw material and chemicals will be procured from nearby market. Mode of transport will be by road. v. Other chemicals and materials required Details furnished in Chapter II. with quantities and storage capacities vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous Particulate Matter (PM), SO2 & NOx are main waste generation and their management. pollutants being/to be emitted from stacks attached. Air pollution equipment’s like Electrostatic precipitator (ESP) will be installed. Waste water will be generate from process and steam condensate, boiler, and cooling tower blow down and water treatment plant, will be treated in ETP called condensate polishing unit and reused in process. Spent wash generated during the process of distillation will be treated in multiple effective evaporators to concentrate the spent wash and it will be used in boiler as a fuel. Fly ash generated from Coal/ spent wash Boiler will be collected in the ash silos and sent to brick manufacturing units without creating public nuisance. Spent wash ash is rich in potassium thus it can be used as a manure. vii. Requirement of water, power, with All information is summarized in chapter II. source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract)

viii. Process description along with major Process description with process flow chart equipment’s and machineries, process and quantities of raw water and products are flow sheet (quantitative) from raw given in Chapter II. Major equipment’s and material to products to be provided machineries list is given in chapter II.

ix. Hazard identification and details of Hazardous identification and the proposed proposed safety systems. safety system are thoroughly described in Chapter VII Additional studies. Expansion/modernization proposals: a. Copy of all the Environmental NA. Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing /existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report. a. In case the existing project has not Not Applicable obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/ No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted. 4. Site Details i. Location of the project site covering The location of the project and site selection village, Taluka/ Tehsil, District and criterion is described in Chapter V, of the State, Justification for selecting the EIA/EMP report. No alternative site has considered as proposed project site is

site, whether other sites were appropriate for establishment of distillery considered. unit. ii. A toposheet of the study area of Map of study area of 10 km radius marked on radius of 10 km and site location on Toposheet is given in chapter III, size map of 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 10 km radius marked on toposheet is attached sheet. (including all eco-sensitive in annexure I. areas and environmentally sensitive places) iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for Analysis for selection of site information is selection of site given in Chapter V iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all corners of the corners of the site. site are given in chapter II v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the Please refer Chapter III project site. vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit Please refer Chapter II of the EIA/EMP report. as well as proposed unit indicating Green belt layout map separately given in storage area, plant area, greenbelt Chapter X. area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate. vii. Photographs of the proposed and Please refer Chapter II page no, Greenbelt existing (if applicable) plant site. If development photographs given in chapter X, existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular. viii. Land use break-up of total land of the Please refer Chapter II for area breakup of project site (identified and acquired), project site break-up, of the EIA/EMP report. government,/ private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area) ix. A list of major industries with name No any industry is located in 10 km radius and type within study area (10 km area. radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area x. Geological features and Geo- Chapter III point no. 3.5 and 3.6 of the hydrological status of the study area EIA/EMP report. shall be included. xi. Details of Drainage of the project up to Chapter III the EIA/EMP report for drainage 5km radius of study area. If the site is pattern of the study area. within 1 km radius of any major river, Not present within 1 km radius of the project peak and lean season river discharge as site. well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past

30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects) xii. Status of acquisition of land. If The total land is in possession with acquisition is not complete, stage of management and the land acquisition. the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land. xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line The site is situated on a barren land without with state Government policy having human settlements. Therefore no R & R study is required. 5. Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable) i. Permission and approval for the use Not Applicable as any forest land is involved of forest land (forestry clearance), if within 10 km radius of the project site. any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable) ii. Landuse map based on High No forest land is involved. resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha) iii. Status of Application submitted for Not Applicable obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted. iv. The projects to be located within 10 Not Applicable. No National Parks, km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals located within 10 Corridors of Wild Animals, the project km radius of the project site. proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à- vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly Not Applicable authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area vi. Copy of application submitted for Not Applicable clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the

Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife 6. Environmental Status i. Determination of atmospheric Chapter III of the EIA/EMP report for site- inversion level at the project site and specific micrometeorological data. site-specific micrometeorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall. ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 Details of AAQ monitoring are given in locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, Chapter III CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for Attached in Annexures. 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report. iv. Surface water quality of nearby River Chapter III of the EIA/EMP report. (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines. v. Whether the site falls near to polluted No. The site does not falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give details. CPCB/MoEF&CC vi. Ground water monitoring at Results for the same are given in Chapter III. minimum at 8 locations shall be included vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations Chapter III point no. 3.11 of the EIA/EMP within the study area report. viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB Soil characteristics given in chapter III guidelines ix. Traffic study of the area, type of Details of traffic study are given in Chapter III vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials,

additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc. x. Detailed description of flora and Details of Flora and Fauna are given in Chapter fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing III point no. 3.14 in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished. xi. Socio-economic status of the study Details of Socio-economic are given in Chapter area. III point no. 3.15 of the EIA report 7. Impact and Environment Management Plan i. Assessment of ground level Impact assessment of all sources of emissions concentration of pollutants from the (including transportation) on the AAQ of the stack emission based on site-specific area have been assessed and described in meteorological features. In case the Chapter IV project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modeling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modeling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any. ii. Water Quality modeling - in case of Not Applicable discharge in water body iii. Impact of the transport of the raw There will be no negative impact of the materials and end products on the transport of the raw materials and end surrounding environment shall be products on the surrounding environment. All assessed and provided. In this regard, product and raw material transportation will options for transport of raw materials be done by state highway and village pacca and finished products and wastes road. Transportation of Products and Raw (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum material will be done by Trucks. road transport or convey or cum- rail transport shall be examined. iv. A note on treatment of wastewater Factor is proposing to adopt incineration from different plant operations, boiler technology for spent wash treatment, extent recycled and reused for Hence, process condensate will be generated 18

different purposes shall be included. during evaporation, and this will be recycled Complete scheme of effluent in the process. Moreover spent lees will also treatment. Characteristics of be recycled in the cooling tower make up untreated and treated effluent to water. After recycling the generated meet the prescribed standards of wastewater in the process, daily fresh water discharge under EPA Rules. requirement will be 1812.44 CMD. omplete scheme of effluent generation and its disposal is given in ChapterIV, X v. Details of stack emission and action Details of stack emissions and control plan for control of emissions to meet measures are given in Chapter IV, standards vi. Measures for fugitive emission Chapter IV point no. 4.3.1 Of the EIA report. control vii. Details of hazardous waste generation Deatails given in Chappter II and IV and their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation. viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be Fly ash collection system will be installed with ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, ESP. Fly ash will be collected and store in silos 2009. A detailed plan of action shall and send to the brick manufacturer be provided. ix. Action plan for the green belt Detail action plan for green belt development development plan in 33 % area i.e. is given in Chapter X land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated. x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting Chapter X of the EIA/EMP report. measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources. 19

xi. Total capital cost and recurring Estimated cost of EMP is Rs 12.95 Cr. per cost/annum for environmental annum for environmental pollution control pollution control measures shall be measures. included. xii. Action plan for post-project Action plan for post-project environmental environmental monitoring shall be monitoring is given in detail in chapter VI, submitted. xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural Details of onsite and offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and and Man-made) preparedness and Emergency Emergency Management Plan Management Plan including Risk Assessment including Risk Assessment and and damage control is given in Chapter VII. damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan. 8. Occupational health i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the Total 25.0 lakhs has been allotted as Initial occupational health & safety of all fund allocation to ensure the occupational contract and casual workers health & safety of all contract and casual workers. ii. Details of exposure specific health Details regarding Occupational & Safety status evaluation of worker. If the Hazards are described in Chapter X and workers' health is being evaluated by Chapter VII. pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre-placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise. iii. Details of existing Occupational & Details regarding Occupational & Safety Safety Hazards. What are the Hazards are described in Chapter VII. exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved, iv. Annual report of health status of Annual report of health status of workers will workers with special reference to be submitted in six monthly compliance Occupational Health and Safety. 20

reports after the accord of EC as it is a new project. 9. Corporate Environment Policy i. Does the company have a well laid No, at the movement factory does not have down Environment Policy approved approved Environment Policy; however by its Board of Directors? If so, it may company shall be planning the same. be detailed in the EIA report. ii. Does the Environment Policy Company shall be planning to develop prescribe for standard operating environmental policy and ensures, process / procedures to bring into environment policy prescribe for standard focus any infringement / deviation / operating process/ procedures to bring into violation of the environmental or focus any infringement / deviation / violation forest norms /conditions ? If so, it may of the environmental or forest norms / be detailed in the EIA. conditions iii. What is the hierarchical system or Hierarchical system of the company deal with Administrative order of the company the environmental issues is given in Chapter to deal with the environmental issues VI. and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given. iv. Does the company have system of The EMC will monitor non-compliances / reporting of non-compliances / violations of environmental norms. The cell violations of environmental norms to will also be responsible for maintaining the the Board of Directors of the company records of data, documents, and information and / or shareholders or stakeholders in line with the legislative requirement and at large? This reporting mechanism will regularly furnish the same to the concern shall be detailed in the EIA report statutory authorities. 10. Details regarding infrastructure facilities Facilities during construction and operation such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be such as clean water for washing the hands, provided to the labour force during sanitation facility, and cleanup after work, construction as well as to the casual workers Clean area for eating and taking rest shall be including truck drivers during operation provided. phase. 11. Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project The company has planned to invest 4.5 Cr. cost) shall be earmarked towards the (1.5%) on the CER activities. Details of CER Enterprise Social Commitment based on activities are given in Chapter X. Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon. 12. Any litigation pending against the project No and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the 21

Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case. 13. 'A tabular chart with index for point wise Point-wise compliance of the ToRs has been compliance of above TOR. given in the tabular form. 14. The ToRs prescribed shall be valid for a Noted period of three years for submission of the EIA-EMP reports.

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION

1.1 Purpose of the report The proposed Sugar complex consists of Sugar unit (5000TCD), Co-generation (29.5 MW), Distillery Units (Molasses based- 60 KLPD & grain based- 45 KLPD), Malt spirit & grape spirit (Each- 5 KLPD), Carbon-di-oxide recovery plant (50 TPD), Cyclodextrin (2.5 TPD), IMFL (1Lakh cases/Month), Country liquor (2 Lakh cases / Month). The proposed project is categorized under 1(d), 5(g), 5(j), as Cat.‘A’. All molasses based distillery project as Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification, 2006 which necessitates obtaining the Environmental Clearance from the Ministry of Environment and Forests & Climate Change (MoEF&CC).

1.2 Brief description of the Project Proponent This is a proposal to establish a modern Integrated Sugar Complex by M/s Vitthal Refined Sugars ltd. (VRSL) located A/p- Pande, Tal- Karmala, and Dist- Solapur, in Maharashtra state. The proposed Sugar complex consists of Sugar unit (5000TCD), Co-generation (29.5 MW), Distillery Units (Molasses based- 60 KLPD & grain based- 45 KLPD), Malt spirit & grape spirit (Each-5 KLPD), Carbon-di-oxide recovery plant (50 TPD), Cyclodextrin (2.5 TPD), IMFL (1Lakh cases/Month), Country liquor (2Lakh cases/Month). VRSL is a Public Limited Company registered under the Companies Act, 1956 (No.1 of 1956) on the 4th February 2010 with Corporate Identity Number- U15421 PN2010PLC135465. Its mailing address is Vitthal Refined Sugars Limited, A/p – Nimgaon, Tal – Madha, Dist – Solapur 413 208, Maharashtra, India Its Board of Directors is as follows  Shri. Vishwajit Madhukar Garad- Chairman  Shri. Santosh BAban Varpe- Director  Shri. Sunil. Uddhav Khapre  Shri. Sadanand Hari Badave Chairman of the Board of Director is a most experienced person and entrepreneur of the Solapur district. He is a sitting Director of Vitthalrao Shinde Sahakari Sakhar Karkhana Ltd., Tal- Madha, Dist- Solapur (Maharashtra). Also he was a Director of Indian Sugar Mfg Co Ltd for a period of 5

years. The day to day management of the company (VRSL) shall be looked after by Shri. Vikramsinh B. Shinde with the due consultation of other Board members. The team of VRSL shall be working under the most able guidance. VRSL is in the process of appointing technical / managerial team of qualified engineers, contract & arbitration experts, agricultural officers and managerial personnel for implementation and operation of the proposed integrated project. The team members have wide experience of setting up of primary credit societies, Educational Institutions, operating co-operative banks and financial institutions.

There are number of sugar units attached with Co-generation and distillery in Maharashtra State. However, it is will of top management of VRSL to take environment challenges seriously as far as molasses based distillery project is concerned. Specific areas in which efforts are needed are

 Improvement of process efficiency and product quality  Effective utilization of waste materials  Emphasis on process cost reduction  Monitoring and Controlling pollution  Technology up gradation  Process control by Instrumentation and computers and more importantly converting sugarcane in to sugar, by–products/wastes such as bagasse in to co-generation, molasses in to useful alcohol, press Mud as soil conditioner, Carbon-di-oxide recovery and make use of it for industrial purposes, rectified spirit and extra neutral alcohol for Indian Made Foreign Liquor (IMFL) and Country liquor (CL) respectively. The Sholapur district is famous for Jawar and other cereals as well as for grapes and therefore it is proposed to go for grain based distillery and grape and malt spirit. The VRSL will continue their efforts in making the proposed VRSL plant IDEAL with state of art hardware and same responsible working as other enterprises of the Chairman’s’ group.

1.3 EIA Consultant

MITCON Consultancy and Engineering Services Ltd., (MITCON) is a rapidly growing, an ISO 9001- 2015 certified Consultancy Company, promoted by ICICI, IDBI, IFCI, and State Corporations of

Maharashtra and Public Commercial Banks. It was founded in 1982; with Head Office at Pune and with supporting offices spread over entire country including Mumbai, Delhi, Bangalore, Hyderabad, Chennai, Chandigarh, and Ahmadabad etc. With experience, expertise and track record developed over last almost three decades, MITCON provides diverse range of macro and micro consultancy services in the areas of Environment Management and Engineering (EME), Energy Efficiency, Biomass and Co-gen power, Agricultural Business and Bio-technology, Infrastructure, Market Research, Banking Finance and Securitization, Micro Enterprise Development, IT Training and Education. EME division of MITCON serves to various sectors like – GIS & RS, solid waste, infrastructure, power, sugar, engineering, chemical, real estate etc. MITCON Consultancy and Engineering Services Ltd. is accredited from National Accreditation Board for Education and Training (NABET), Quality Council of India for the EIA consultancy services in 16 sectors.

1.4 Brief thoughts on the project Government of India stated in the World Conference at Rio that India has 16.1 percent of world population to be supported on only 2.3 % of the global land mass, on a background of low per capita income and low energy reserves. Designers of the five-year plans of India have been struggling hard to meet the gap of essential commodities, and balance of Foreign Exchange. Man needs sugar, electricity as well as ethanol for day to day production of downstream industrial chemicals, also for potable and medicinal usages and potentially as petrol additive to oxygenate replacing tetra ethyl lead. Government of India has already taken steps to blend 10 per cent ethanol in petrol all over country.

Learning from experiences from the West and from their own Co – operative units, VRSL management has taken initiatives to undertake,” Production with zero discharge and conversion WASTE IN TO WEALTH.

VRSL has already obtained various Permits/NOC such as –

 Certificate of Incorporation of Company  Industrial Entrepreneurial Memorandum (IEM) from Govt. Of India, Ministry of Industry, New Delhi  Sale Deed and Lease of land 25

 NOC from Local body/Gram Panchayat  Building Plan(Planning Phase)  Consent to Establishment for Sugar and Co-gen power plant and Distillery Units VRSL has made SWOT Analysis and finds the overall summation encouraging. The SWOT (Strength, Weakness, Opportunity and Threat) analysis is made as follows-  Strength Raw materials (Sugarcane, grains) are available in Tahsil/District. Surrounding areas good Agro – climatic zone. Area comes under traditional Cane & cereals growing area. Good Market potential in State in general and in India particular. Treated as priority sector project Government appreciates this venture which is in rural backward area/region.  Weakness Medium sugar recovery compared to western Maharashtra (Kolhapur region of Maharashtra) occasionally may not be able to pay optimum price to the farmers in the initial years as compared to existing well established units in Kolhapur region.

 Opportunities Bringing an Integrated Sugar Complex project for the benefit of farmers of the surrounding area Use of waste residuals for downstream benefits  Threats Competition from existing units as regards to cane pricing Changes in Government policy Non availability/ less availability of raw material, a possibility due to drastic climate changes All this goes to suggest that the Project Proponent has made a serious homework and have seen that the environmental impact will be minimal.

1.5 Justification and need of the project The man is struggling for growing needs of mankind, which is compounded by the continuously increasing world population. This is in every field of consumer goods, food, additives, energy etc. The sugar requirement is increasing in proportion to population of country as well as world. 26

According to FAO Report, 4% growth in sugar consumption is expected. The Government policy is also favorable. The sugar cane crop has been in growth mode till date though there has been a fluctuation. Bagasse is used as captive fuel in the mill as power. Most efficient as well as balanced mills should be able to save bagasse to the extent of 10% of its production. The potential for co-generation and export of power to the grid after meeting mills own requirement of energy is estimated by expert bodies, at 7000 MW (650 Sugar mills). India has not exploited its huge potential like other countries like Hawaii, Mauritius etc. where co-generation of power from sugar mills has become a dependable source for supply of power. Producing alcohol for various downstream chemicals (like ethyl acetate, ethylene oxide, butanol, vinyl acetate monomer, ethylene glycol, styrene etc.) for potable (IMFL & CL) and medicinal liquor and for admixing ethanol in petrol. The objective of power alcohol ethanol is best summarized in a paper published by Hon’ble Ram Naik, the ex- union petroleum Minister, GOI. According to him, this type of plant is likely to be more viable in view of present situation , when sugar has low demand in the market, molasses is an environmental risk (of pollution and auto-combustion) and ethanol has a foreign saving potential. In brief the objective of ethanol project is 1. To help Indian citizens to have a useful petrol additive, ethanol 2. To make optimum utilization of natural resources 3. To incorporate modern state of art gadgets for production, waste minimization and pollution control. 4. To keep the work environment healthy for the workers with periodic checks. 5. To keep the external environment safe. 6. To make provisions of pollution control expected right from the project proposal stage itself.

1.6 Brief summary of the peculiarities  The first peculiarity is this, that the project Management has made a provision of about Rs 12.95 Crores of their capital outlay for pollution control and greening drive in the outset itself.  The area under sugarcane in Karmala Tehsil is 38800 ha. Considering 100 MT/ha sugarcane yield, the cane availability is more than 38 lakh tons indicating that there is no problem of sugarcane for this proposed factory.

 The quality of cane will be excellent and brought to mill within few hours so as to minimize the inversion of sugar.  The optimum efficiency will be maintained in every process of sugar production, generation of electricity and alcohol production based on both molasses and grain as raw materials.  Selection of correct quality molasses is possible because in addition to our own molasses, there is one other unit namely M/s Babanrao Shinde Sugar & Allied Industries Ltd, A/p – Turk- Pimpari, Tal – Barshi, Dist- Solapur (5000 TCD, Molasses @ 4% of cane crushed) in reachable distances who agreed to provide molasses as this unit does not have distillery unit. Thus molasses availability no problem.  Solapur District and especially Karmala and adjoining tahsils are known for sorghum (Hybrid jawar) and therefore availability of grains for grain based distillery is no problem.  Waste heat (exhaust steam) and waste water (hot condensate and treated effluent) too is reused/recycled

1.7 Applicable Environmental Acts & Rules The following are the some other acts and rules related to environment which will be applicable for the proposed project  EIA Notification dated 14th September, 2006 and its sub sequent amendments. In addition to the above mentioned acts and rules, some of the rules which are of importance in context with this assignment include –  The Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules, 2001 & amendment rules 2010  The Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical (Amendment) Rules, 2000  Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016  Dangerous Goods (Classification, Packaging and Labelling) Rules, 2013  Plastic Waste Management & Handling Rules 2016  Plastic Waste (M &H)Rules, 2011  Plastic Waste (M&H)Amendment Rules, 2011  Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016  E-Waste Management Rules 2016  E-Waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 2011

 Minimum Wages Act, 1948  Contract Labour Act, 1970

1.8 Chronology of the project The chronology of the activities during initial stages of the environmental clearance work for the proposed project is given in Table 1.1.

Table 1.1: Chronology of the environmental clearance process

Sr. No. Particulars Date 1. Old TOR proposal 05.02.2014 2. Old ToR approved letter J-11011/107/2014-IA II(I) 23.01.2015 3. Public hearing conducted 17.06.2017 4. ToR expired on 23.01.2018 5. New ToR application as per EAC IND 2 direction 17.11. 2018 IA/MH/IND2/82830/2018 6. Standard ToR granted 24.12.2018 7. Baseline monitoring Dec 2018 to Feb 2019

1.9 Objective and scope of study The proposed augmentation project was approved for standard ToR dated 24.12.2018. The baseline studies required for EIA report has been conducted as per the Office Memorandum issued by MoEF&CC dated 27.08.2017. Detail baseline study was undertaken during the month of 1st Dec 2018 to 31st Feb 2019. The objective of the study is to carry out Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for the proposed project, to meet the environmental compliances laid down by the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEFCC), Government of India. The scope of study would be as per the EIA guidelines outlined by the MoEFCC, it will include detailed characterization of existing status of environment in an area of 10 km radial distance from the boundary of the project site for various environmental components viz., air, noise, water, soil, land, biological and socio-economic components including parameters of human interest as per the EIA Guidance manual. The purpose of EIA study is to identify and evaluate the potential impacts of the proposed project. Environment Impact Assessment study has been carried out considering the 10 km surroundings of the proposed project. This study will identify, evaluate and report the likely impacts on the 29

environment and prepare an Environmental Management Plan covering the mitigation measures and Environmental Monitoring Program. The objective of this EIA study is also to collect the baseline data within the impact zone so as to identify the associated impacts and propose suitable mitigation measures due to the construction and operation of the proposed project. The objectives of the EIA study can be summarized as follows:  To identify and describe the elements of the community and environment likely to be affected by the proposed project,  To establish the baseline environmental and social scenario of the Project surroundings,  To identify, predict and evaluate environmental and social impacts expected to arise during the construction and operation phase of the Project in relation to the sensitive receptors,  To develop mitigation measures so as to minimize pollution, environmental disturbance and nuisance during construction and operation of the proposed project,  To design and specify the monitoring and auditing requirements necessary to ensure the implementation and the effectiveness of the mitigation measures adopted. 1.9.1 The steps of EIA  Collection of baseline data on water, air, noise, biological & socio-economic status, existing roads and railway lines, water bodies and ecological sensitive areas in the project region.  Identification of potential impacts on various environmental components due to activities envisaged during preconstruction, construction, and operational phases of the proposed developments.  Prediction and evaluation of significant impacts on the major environmental components.  Preparation of environmental impact assessment statement based on identification, prediction, and evaluation of impacts.  De-lineation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) outlining preventive and control strategies for minimizing adverse environmental impacts. With above view to assess the environmental impacts arising due to proposed project, the project proponent appointed MITCON Consultancy & Engineering Services Ltd., Pune to undertake

Environmental Impact Assessment and prepare a detailed environmental management plan to mitigate the adverse impacts. The baseline data collected in pre monsoon season for air, noise, water, land, biological and socio-economic environment and presented in this report. Draft EIA report has been prepared in accordance with the Standard TOR issued and as per the generic structure of the EIA mentioned in EIA notification dated 14th September 2006 and its subsequent amendments. The structure of EIA is given in, Table 1.2: EIA Structure

Chapter No. Chapters Name I Introduction II Project Description III Description of the Environment IV Anticipated Environmental Impact & Mitigation Measures V Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site) VI Environmental Monitoring Program VII Additional Studies VIII Project Benefits IX Environmental Cost – Benefit Analysis X Environmental Management Plan (EMP) XI Summary & Conclusion XII Disclosure of Consultant engaged

Detailed scope of studies is given below. Executive summary: Brief of summary of EIA Chapter I: Introduction This chapter furnishes the purpose of the report, brief information of the project and project proponent, nature, size and location of project, objectives of the project, estimated project cost, scope, and organization of the study. The key environmental legislation and the standards relevant to the project Chapter II: Project Description Project description chapter deals with the need of the project, location, environmental setting of the project, details of project, other technical and design details and sources of pollution from the proposed activity and measures proposed to control pollution. Chapter III: Description of the Environment 31

This chapter illustrates the description of existing environmental status of the study area with reference to the prominent environmental attributes. Primary data collection& findings of field studies will be undertaken to establish the environmental baseline conditions. Chapter IV: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures This chapter deals with the prediction and evaluation of the overall impacts of the proposed project activities which need mitigation measures. The impacts resulting from the various activities during construction and operation phase of the proposed project. The environmental impact assessment of the proposed project is during various phases of project advancement, such as design, location of project, construction, & regular operations. Chapter V: Analysis of Alternatives Chapter provides the information on various alternatives for the site and technology. Chapter VI: Environmental Monitoring Program Present chapter delivers environment monitoring program, its frequency, parameters, and methodology for air, water, noise, and solid hazardous waste/ soil environment. Chapter VII: Additional Studies Additional studies like review of social impact and public consultation were undertaken. Major portion is dedicated to the study of hazard identification and risk assessment. Chapter VIII: Project Benefits Project benefit chapter furnishes the benefits of the project towards the society. Chapter IX: Environment Cost Benefit Analysis This chapter provides information about benefits of the proposed project to the environment. Chapter X: Environment Management Plan This chapter provides recommendations/ Environment Management Plan (EMP) including mitigation measures for minimizing the negative environmental impacts of the project. Chapter XI: Summary and conclusion This chapter executes summary of whole EIA report which includes project description in brief, environmental setting in 10 km radius, impact identification and mitigation measures, and environmental management plan. Chapter XII: Disclosure of consultants engaged

This chapter provides brief introduction of the consultancy organization involved in EIA report and information of various experts involved in preparation of the present EIA/EMP report is given.

1.10 Conclusion

The project proponent has a history of social service. VRSL will have integrated Sugar unit, Co– gen unit, Distillery units (Molasses & grain based), IMFL Plant & CL plant, grape and malt spirit plants, malt dextrin and CO2 Recovery Plant. It proposes to establish a modern state-of- art units at a site, near Pande village, Tal- Karmala, Dist- Solapur and by making full utilization of its capacity wishes to feed the demand in the vicinity. For fulfilling all this, the process of Impact Assessment is undertaken and reported in the following chapters.

CHAPTER II: PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Type of Project

M/s Vitthal Refined Sugars Ltd. has proposed to establish a fully integrated sugar industry at Pande Village, Karmala Taluka and Solapur District in Maharashtra State. Factory currently operating 3500 TCD sugar and 14 MW cogeneration. Consents to operate is granted by MPCB and Valid up to 2021. The proposed project is an integrated sugar industrial complex with facilities to manufacture white sugar, co-gen power and alcohol. Sugar plant is based on sugarcane which is an agriculture resource. Co-gen power plant is based mainly on Bagasse as fuel and distillery is based on molasses as raw material. Bagasse and molasses are the waste or by-products of sugar plant. In addition, it is proposed to set up grain based distillery unit, grape and malt spirit, Cyclodextrane and Country liquor and IMFL Bottling Plant. The project is basically an agro based rural industry.

2.2 Need of the project India is the second largest producer of sugar over the globe. With more than 45 million of sugar cane growers in the country, the bulk of the rural population in India depends on this industry. One of the agro-based industries in India, the sugar industry is the second largest agricultural industry followed after the textile industry. Maharashtra Sugar Industry is one of the most notable and large-scale sugar manufacturing sectors in the country. Electricity is the most essential input for growth and development of any sector. Rapid growth in India is the consequent result of such availability of power in the past and the present rising trend of power demand is the consequent result of the desire of keeping pace with the past progress. This is true for an advanced State like Maharashtra. As per the approach paper of the Planning Commission meant for formulating the 11th Five Year Plan, the growth of power sector needs to be at least 10% to support the expected GDP growth of 7 per cent per annum. Maharashtra State has the largest power system (power generation and distribution) in India, with 100% rural electrification (as per the earlier definition of rural electrification with at least one light connection per village). Power situation in Maharashtra is better than many of the other States, but still suffers huge demand and energy shortages.

Molasses is one of byproducts of sugar industry which is used to produce rectified spirit/alcohol for making liquor and fuel. Traditionally, molasses has been used in India to produce rectified spirit and alcohol of higher than 95% purity for producing liquor for human consumption and for producing various chemicals. However, with technological developments in the recent past, molasses has been effectively used to produce bio-ethanol for blending with petrol as a fuel. Brazil is the second largest producer of ethanol globally after U.S. While U.S. produces ethanol from corn, Brazil manufactures ethanol from sugarcane. Brazil has mandatory blending ratio of ethanol in gasoline ranging from 18% to 25%. The blend rate was as high as 25% before September 2011 and was reduced to 20% due to drop in cane output hence affecting the ethanol production. Currently, flex-fuel cars, which can use either ethanol or blended gasoline, in Brazil account for about 53% of the total car fleet and around 90% of the new vehicles‟ sales. The proportion of the flex-fuel cars are expected to cross 80% by 2020. Currently, the Brazilian light vehicle fleet has been increasing by 6.7% y-o-y since 2003 with currently 90% of the new vehicles being flex-fuel cars. Thus, there exists an increasing demand in Brazil for ethanol which is encouraging for the sugarcane industry. The sugar industry is presently in a critical situation due to cane price payable to the cane growers as per FRP & poor realization due to lowest sugar prices resulting in severe economic threat to their very existence. It is necessary for the sugar factories to implement fuel ethanol projects, apart from bagasse based cogeneration power plants to add to income. The Government of India has recently announced a favorable policy for these projects, which includes mandatory mixing of ethanol from present 5% to 10% in next three years & up-to 20% thereafter, enhanced rate for selling ethanol to the petroleum companies & excise duty exemption announced by some of the State including Karnataka. Similarly, by implementing incineration type boilers along with distillery/ethanol projects & burning of spent wash in these boilers, the sugar factories can achieve Zero pollution state. Recently, the Government of India has announced a conducive policy for ethanol production to meet the targets setup by the Government during the next 5 years. The purchase rate for ethanol produced from C molasses generated in the sugar factories has been increased from Rs. 40.85 / ltr to Rs. 43.63/lit. The Government also has allowed use of Cane Juice and B-Heavy molasses generated in the sugar factories for production of ethanol & has declared the purchase rate of Rs. 59.13/lit and Rs. 52.43/lit. The additional transportation & GST are payable extra by the Oil 35

Manufacturing Companies (OMCs), over & above the purchase rates declared for cane juice, C & B-Heavy molasses.

Demand - Supply Gap The Government of India has a set an indicative target of 20% blending of ethanol with petrol & also for diesel with biodiesel across the country by 2017. Given the mandatory blending & projected demand for petrol in India, ethanol demand for blending is estimated at 5, 10 & 20% blending mandates. Projections of demand of ethanol (Million Liters) Year Total supply of petrol Ethanol Demand for Blending (Billion Liters) (billion liters) 5% 10% 20%

2018-19 31 1.57 3.14 6.28 2019-20 33 1.65 3.30 6.60 2020-21 35 1.73 3.46 6.92 (Working paper series No. 30, ICRISAT) Marketing of Ethanol in India  Government of India has already permitted the petrol blending @ 5% & 10% will be mandatory in near future.  Ethanol has excellent oxygenate properties in comparison to another oxygenate Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether (MTBE) & preferred over MTBE.  Ethanol use in blends with petrol/ diesel results in overall decrease in pollution & is environment friendly & manufactured from renewable source. Hence, the market for ethanol would increase with the increase in blending percentage, blending units & number of vehicles. In India, Ethanol is mainly manufactured from molasses which is a by-product of the sugar industry. Hence, it is necessary to understand the sugar industry situation in India as the ethanol scenario is dependent on molasses unlike the US & Europe where it is mainly based on grains, especially corn. Since the GOI mandates the use of „indigenous ethanol only‟ for EBP, fuel ethanol supply will rise to a modest 850 million liters, 20 percent over the current year’s estimate. The chemical and industrial sector will have to rely more on imported ethanol (or import finished products) to augment the expected supply deficit. The consumption basket (excluding fuel ethanol) will 36

include 1.6 billion liters for the industrial and potable alcohol sectors (which are exempted from GST). Given its widening supply deficit resulting from strong demand growth, India will continue to be a net importer of ethanol. The small trade deficit that emerged in 2015 is expected to grow rapidly through 2018, given the forecast of tight production this year and next. Assuming normal market conditions, ethanol imports are forecast to rise from 400 million liters in 2016 to 600 million liters through 2018. Domestic/Export Market & Export Possibility Local as well as international market is available for sugar. Electricity will be used in in-house & exported to the local grid of MSEDCL. Government of India has already permitted the petrol blending @ 10% will be mandatory in near future up to20%.

2.3 Project Location The industry is proposed to be located at 235, 238, 247, 248, 252, 254, 256 Village Pande, Tal. Karmala, and Dist. Solapur in Maharashtra State. Present Sugar unit is geographically located at 180 24’17.19 ”N & Longitude 750 13’02.69”E. Project site and the 10 km radius study area falls in the survey of India Toposheet no. 47 N / 3, 47 N / 7. The site is located adjacent to State Highway no. 67 –1.5 4 km towards West from the proposed project site. The location Google map of the site is given in Figure 2.1 and 2.2. The site and its vicinity are generally barren with small patches of agricultural lands growing rain fed crops such as Jawar, maize and groundnut. Few patches of agricultural lands cultivated through lift irrigation also exist in the region. The site and the surrounding region are devoid of forest or major trees except scanty bushes and shrubs. Greenery is observed only on the banks of the river and streams.

Figure 2.1: Map showing project site location

Figure 2.2: Google Image of Project Site A: 18°24'19.37"N, 75°13'12.94"E E: 18°24'4.62"N, 75°13'10.59"E B: 18°24'15.43"N, 75°13'12.51"E F: 18°24'6.16"N, 75°13'10.26"E C: 18°24'14.98"N, 75°13'14.87"E G: 18°24'4.82"N, 75°13'0.67"E D: 18°24'5.45"N, 75°13'14.86"E H: 18°24'18.43"N, 75°13'1.19"E

Figure 2.3: Plant Layout

2.4 Land Details The land requirement for different applications for the proposed industry consisting of sugar, power and distillery units Total Plot Area – 44.33 Ha Own land in name of VRSL – 20.80 Ha Land on lease (33years lease) – 23.53 Ha Built up area – 27.71 Ha Green Belt area – 14.98 Ha Detailed breakup of the land along with latest photograph with different angles of the plot area is given below Table 2.1: Detailed breakup of the land Sr. No. Particulars Area in m2 1 Sugar Factory Campus 6000 2 Co-gen Plant 5200 3 Chimney -- 4 WTP 1350 5 11 KV/ 440 substation 2500 6 Store Building 216 7 Water Storage Tank 1350 8 Admin Building 1100 9 Switch Yard 2304 10 Sugar Godown 16800 11 Cane Yard 3500 12 Fly Ash Storage 2500 13 Spent wash fire Boiler 4080 14 Chimney -- 15 Coal Storage 4582 16 Bagasse Yard 10000 17 Molasses Tank 400 18 Molasses Tank 400 19 Molasses based distillery 60 KLPD 4032 20 Grain based distillery 45 KLPD 7140 21 Bottling plant, Country liquor plant 3600 22 IMFL Plant 3600 23 WTP 609 24 CO2 Plant 864 25 Grapes spirit plant 600 26 Cyclodextrane plant 600 27 Spent wash lagoon 1260 28 ETP 5000 29 Lawn & Greenery plantation Area 149813 30 Colony 10530 31 Temple 182 40

Sr. No. Particulars Area in m2 32 Work shop 120 33 FA Storage 696 34 Alcohol storage 2035 35 ENA Storage 1855 36 Parking -- 37 Security 120 38 Time office 120 39 Weigh bridge 50 40 Cooling Tower 1400 41 Rain water harvesting 1350 42 Press mud storage 5000 Total built up area 272234 Lawn & greenery plantation area 149813

Figure 2.1: Proposed Project site

2.5 Size and Magnitude of the Operation

# Particulate Description 1. Project Establishment Of Integrated Sugar Industry (Sugar 5000 TCD, Co- generation 29.5 MW, grain based distillery 45 KLPD & 60 KLPD molasses/sugarcane juice/ Sugar Beet based distillery) 2. Product Products & Co-products Unit Quantity Sugar Unit (5000 TCD) Sugar (sugar [email protected]%) TPD 575 Molasses TPD 200 Press Mud TPD 200 Bagasse Generation TPD 1500 Total Power Plants Capacity (29.5 MW) Co-generation/Spent wash MW 26/3.5 Incineration Boiler Molasses based distillery Unit (60 KLPD) R S & IS / ENA & TA /Fuel Alcohol KLPD 60 Fusel oil KLPD 0.18 Grain based distillery Unit

(45 KLPD) Rectified Spirit & IS/ENA &TA KLPD 45 Fusel oil KLPD 0.135 DDGS TPD 33 Malt Spirit KLPD 5 Grape Spirit KLPD 5 Distillery CO2 Recovery Plant TPD 50 Cyclodextrin Plant TPD 2.5 IMFL Bottling plant Cases/M One lac Country liquor bottling plant Cases/M Two lac

3. Available land Total Plot Area 44.33 Ha Built up area 27.71 Ha Green Belt area 14.98 Ha 4. List of Raw Material Raw Material Unit Qty Sugar Unit Sugar cane TPD 5000 Lubricant (oil & grease) Kg/d 150 Lime TPD 8 Sulphur TPD 2.50 Power generation Unit Bagasse for co-gen. unit TPD 1387.20 Concentrated Spent wash (55%) for TPD 175 incineration boiler Coal for incineration boiler TPD 138 Molasses based distillery Unit 42

Molasses (FS- 42%) TPD 243 Nutrient Kg/D 60 TRO Kg/D 120 Sulphuric acid Kg/D 90 Grain based distillery Unit Grains – Maize, jowar, broken rice etc ( 68 TPD 104 % starch) Alpha- Amylase Kg/D 56.25 Gluco- amylase Kg/D 56.25 Barley for malting TPD 13 Grapes for grape spirit TPD 78

5. Existing sugar factory products Sugar (TPM) 14490 Bagasse (TPM) 37800 Press mud (TPM) 5040 Molasses( TPM) 5040 6. Operation days Sugar Plant : 160 Days Cogeneration Power Plant : 160 Days Molasses/ Cane Juice Based Distillery : 300 Days Grain Based Distillery : 300 Days 7. Water requirement 1.Sugar plant & Co-gen Unit (5000 TCD) : 517.44 m3/day 2.Molasses based (60 KLPD ) (ENA, Evaporator & ethanol) & Country liquor bottling plant (2 lac cases/month) : 517 m3/day 3.Grain based (45 KLPD) (Liquefaction, evaporator, dryer, ENA) & IMFL Bottling plant (one lac cases/ Month ): 406 m3/day 4. Malt Spirit based (5 KLPD) : 75 m3/day 5.Grape spirit based (KLPD) : 60 m3/day 3 6.CO2 Plant (50 TPD): 12 m /day 7.Cyclo dextrin plant (2.5 MT/day): 25 m3/day 8.Domestic Use/Colony – 200 m3/day 8. Source of water The water requirement for the proposed integrated sugar complex will be sourced from Sina Kolegaon Dam 21.0 km & Mangi Talav 7.5 km 9. Boiler Boiler - 150 TPH - For Sugar & Co-generation Unit Incineration Boiler - 35 TPH – For Molasses /Cane Juice based Distillery Unit 10. TG 26 and 3.5 11. Electricity Exportable Power : 23.5 MW requirement Power consumption : 1.5

12. Fuel Co-gen Boiler (150 TPH):Bagasse – 1387.20 MT/Day (2,21,952 MT/annum) Incineration Boiler (35 TPH): Concentrated Spent Wash- 175 TPD + Coal- 138 TPD

D.G. Set (500 KVA) – HSD : 65 lit/hr. 13. Steam Co-gen Unit Steam through 18 MW BP TPH 112.27 Steam through 8 MW DEC TPH 30.50 Distillery Boiler Unit TPH 35

14. Total effluent Total Industrial Effluent Generation from sugar and Co-gen 545.28 generation KLD = 0.109 CM/Ton cane crushed (Norms < 0.4 CM/Ton) Spent Wash Generation from molasses based distillery = (175/60) = 2.92 KL/KL of Alcohol Production (Norms < 08-10 KL/KL) Total Sewage Generation 180 m3/day Process Condensate 392 m3/day Spent Lees 160 m3/day WTP Blow down & Boiler Blow Down 109 m3/day Cooling Tower Blow down 36 m3/day 15. Effluent treatment Sugar unit: Primary clarifier & two stages ASP (Activated Sludge system Process) treated to irrigation standards. Distillery units: Spent wash concentration in evaporator and then mixed with Bagasse/husk and utilization as fuel in boiler. 16. Ash Bagasse Ash – 20.81 MT/day Coal and spent wash Ash from Incineration boiler – 84.06 MT/day 17. ETP sludge 325kg/day 18. Air pollution control For 150 TPH boiler: ESP & 58 m stack measures For 35 TPH spent wash boiler: ESP and 70 m stack 19. Man-power During Construction: 150-200 Nos. During Operation : 460 Nos. 20. Total project cost Rs. 305.86 Crores 21. Total EMP capital cost Rs. 12.95 Crores Environmental setting nearby 22. Nearest Village Pande 2.25 km in SE, Dhakshinvadi 1.6 km 23. Nearest Town / City Karmala 2.0 km 24. Nearest IMD station Solapur (43117) 25. Nearest Highway SH 143: 2.5 km in north SH 141: 1.7 km in South West SH 67: 1.5 km West SH 149: 16.9 South east 26. Nearest Railway Jeur Railway station:16 km in South West station Kem railway Station:25 km in South East Jinti railway station:36 km in South West 27. Nearest Airport Pune International airport 140 Km towards West Baramati Airport: 70 km in South West Osmanabad Airport: 90 in South East

28. National Parks, No any Reserved Forests (RF) / Protected Forests (PF), Wildlife Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Tiger/ Elephant Reserves, Wildlife Corridors etc. within 10 km radius 29. River/Water Body Sina river : 4.5 km (within 10 km radius) Mangi Taval 7.5 km 2.6 Resource Requirement

2.6.1 Raw material Raw material required for existing and proposed distillery is given below,

Table 2.1 : Raw Material details Sr. Raw material Quantity Storage Source Mode of No. Transport Sugar Unit 1. Sugar cane 40,000 T Command area Trucks, Tractor, 5000 bullock cart 2. Lubricant - Nearby Market Trucks, Tempos 150 (oil & grease) 3. Lime 8 Godown Nearby Market -do- 4. Sulphur 2.50 Godown Nearby Market Power generation Unit 5. Bagasse for co-gen. 30,000 Tons Nearby Market - 1387.2 unit 6. Concentrated Spent 175 2187.50 m3 Nearby Market - wash (55%) for 15 day storage incineration boiler One day storage 7. 4,500 Tons coal Nearby Market Trucks, Coal for 138 (one month’s incineration boiler storage) 8. Molasses (FS-42%) 243 7500 T X 3 Nearby Market Tankers 9. Nutrient 60 - Nearby Market Trucks, Tempos 10. TRO 120 - Nearby Market Trucks, Tempos 11. Sulphuric acid 90 Go down Nearby Market Trucks, Tempos Grain based distillery Unit

Sr. Raw material Quantity Storage Source Mode of No. Transport 12. Grains – Maize, 3000 T Nearby Market Trucks, Tempos jowar, broken rice 104 etc. ( 68 % starch) 13. Alpha- Amylase 56.25 Godown Nearby Market Trucks, Tempos 14. Gluco- amylase 56.25 Godown Nearby Market Trucks, Tempos 15. Barley for malting 13 Godown Nearby Market Trucks, Tempos 16. Grapes for grape Godown Nearby Market Trucks, Tempos 78 spirit

Table 2.2 : Storage tank details Sr. No. Material Storage capacity 1. Water 10,000 Cu.M. 2. Molasses 7500X 3 3. Bagasse 30,000 Tons 4. Sugar Go down 40,000 T 5. Coal 4,500 Tons 6. Ash Silos of Two day storage 7. Spent wash storage 1 no., impervious in nature, for 15 days storage – 2187.50 Cu.M. 8. Alcohol 12 no’s, both for molasses and grain based distillery units-total 6,300 m3 capacity

2.6.2 Fuel requirement Bagasse, Indian coal and concentrated spent wash will be used as fuel. Fuel consumption details are given in below in Table Table 2.3 : Fuel consumption Sr. No Fuel Description 1. Bagasse 1387.20 TPD 2. Concentrated spent wash (TPH) 175 TPD 3. Coal 138 TPD 4. HSD per annum KL 4.0 5. Bagasse GCV 2270 kcal/ Kg 6. Spent wash concentrate, GCV 1917 kcal/kg 7. Coal GCV 4500 kcal/kg

2.6.3 Steam requirement Table 2.4 : Steam Balance Sr. No. Particulates Description Steam generation 1. Steam through 18 MW BP 112.27 TPH 46

2. Steam through 8 MW DEC 30.50 TPH 3. Distillery Boiler Unit 35 TPH Steam Consumption 4. Sugar Unit (5000 TCD ) 112.27 5. Co-generation / Incineration Boiler (Capacity – 26 / 3.5 MW ) 6. Cogeneration – steam to sugar 102.27 7. Auxiliary Unit 10.00 8. Co–gen. – Distillery 9. Distillery Units 10. Molasses based (60KLPD) (ENA, Evaporator & ethanol) 13.80 11. Grain based (45 KLPD) (liquefaction, evaporator, dryer, ENA) 13 12. Malt Spirit (5KLPD) 1.05 13. Grape Spirit (5KLPD) 0.875

14. CO2 Plant (50 TPD) 3 TPD (alternate day) 15. Cyclodextrin Plant (2.5 MT/day) 6.25 TPD 16. Sugar Unit (5000 TCD ) 112.27

2.6.4 Electricity requirement Table 2.5 : Electricity requirement balance Sr. No. Particulates Installed load Consumed Load 1. Molasses handling and fermentation 180 KW 150 KW 2. Multi pressure vacuum distillation 180 KW 90 KW 3. MSDH section 70 KW 50 KW 4. Evaporation plant 568 KW 338 KW 5. Water treatment plant 80 KW 40 KW 6. Alcohol receiver and storage section 60 KW 30 KW 7. Condensate polishing unit 157 KW 90 KW 8. Cooling towers for fermentation, 380 KW 310 KW distillation, MSDH and stand evaporation 9. Plant lighting 20 KW 20 KW 10. Slop fired incineration boiler and TG 550 KW 350 KW 11. Total 2245 KW 1469 KW

Table 2.6 Design parameters of the proposed sugar plant have been indicated below Sr. No. Item Unit Value Season Operation 1. Avg. cane crushing TCD 5000 2. Net season days Nos. 160 3. Hrs. / day Nos. 22 4. Normal cane crushing TCH 227.27 5. Cane crushed Lakh MT 8.00 6. Bagasse generation % cane 30 7. Bagasse generation TPH 68.18 47

8. % cane 1.00 Bagasse for bagacillo / handling loss TPH 2.27 9. Bagasse available for boiler TPH 65.91 10. Total equivalent Bagasse available TPH 65.91 11. TPH 57.80 Bagasse used by boiler MT/Annum 2,21,952 12. Steam generation TPH 142.77 13. Steam consumption through 18 MW BP TPH 112.27 14. Steam consumption through 8 MW DEC TPH 30.50 15. Steam consumption for sugar process As 45 % of cane 90.91 16. Power generation, Average MW 25.00

Table 2.7 Brief design parameters for the cogeneration power plant will be as follows:

Boiler capacity, TPH 1 x 150 Pressure, kg/cm2 87.00 Temperature, 0C 515 Turbine capacity, MW 1 x 18 1 x 8 Turbine type Back Pressure Double extraction - cum condensing Season operation, days 160 Fuels used for season operation Bagasse - On Bagasse / bio-mass / cane trash 70.00,± 2 - On imported coal 80.00, ± 2 Feed water temperature, 0C 165 Turbo-generator efficiency, % 96.0

2.6.5 Manpower requirement The total direct employment potential of the proposed industry is about 460 people. However, the commencement of this industry will create direct and indirect employment opportunities to more than 1,000 persons in terms of factory employment, transportation, vehicle maintenance, petty shops etc. in addition to about 2,000 workers in harvesting of sugarcane work.

2.6.6 Water requirement Fresh water requirement to the industry will be met from the Sina Kolegaon Dam & Mangi Talav located at about 21 km and 7.5 Km respectively from the site. The industry has applied for permission for drawl of water from Sina Kolegaon Dam & Mangi Talav. Sugarcane utilized as raw material in the sugar unit contains 73% of its weight as water. The water will be recovered

by evaporation of juice and reused in the process. Similarly, the spent wash obtained as wastewater in distillery is concentrated by evaporation and condensate water obtained from the evaporation will be reused in the process. The total water required for the entire project will be 1812.44 CMD and it will be taken from Sina- Kolegaon dam & Mangi Lake. Distillery Water Consumption (517.44 CMD) 8.6 KL/KL of Alcohol production (Norms < 10 KL/KL). Total Industrial effluent Generation from sugar and Co- gen is 545.28 KLD 0.109 CM/Ton cane crushed (Norms < 0.1 CM/Ton). Spent Wash Generation from molasses based distillery (175/60) 2.92 KL/KL of Alcohol Production (Norms < 08KL/KL) and total sewage generation 180 CMD. The quantity of fresh and recycled condensate water is given in Table 2.8 Table 2.8 : Total Fresh water requirement for various units

Sr. No. Particular m3/day 1. Sugar & Co-generation Unit (Cap- 26 MW), DECC 517.44 Molasses/ Sugarcane juice based (60 KLPD) (ENA, Evaporator & 2. 517 ethanol) & Country liquor bottling plant (two lac cases/ Month) Grain based (45 KLPD) & IMFL bottling plant (one lac 3. 406 cases/month) 4. Malt Spirit based (5 KLPD) 75 5. Grape spirit based (5 KLPD) 60 6. CO2 Plant (TPD) 12 7. Cyclodextrane Plant (2.5 MT/day) 25 8. Domestic use including colony 200 Total 1812.44

Figure 2.4: Water requirement and waste generation in sugar mills, 5000 TCD Sugar Plant & 26 MW Co- generation Power plants, m3/day

Table 2.9 : Water balance for 45 KLPD Grain based Distillery unit & IMFL Bottling

Input Section Water Quantity (m3/day) Water in Grain 11 Process Water In Fermentation & Liquefication 347 DM water for RS dilution 400 Soft water for vacuum pump & others 132 Soft water makeup for cooling tower 368 Bottling 50 Misc. water 58 Other domestic usage 10 DM Water for Boiler & DS 376 Total Water Input 1752 Out put Section Water Quantity (m3/day) Spent Lees 477 Water in Raw Stillage 314 Vacuum Pump & Others 127 50

Vacuum Pump loss 5 Water in Product 3 Bottling waste 10 CT Evaporation & Drift Losses, Blow Down 368 Washing Water 5 Domestic Consumption Waste 2 Blow Down Water & Reject Streams 96 Steam Condensate 300 Water in Waste Stream 45 Total Water Output 1752 Recycled water Section Water Quantity (m3/day) Thin Stillage & Spent Lees Recycle in Liquefaction 140 Spent Lees Recycle for RS Dilution 348 Vacuum Pump Recycle 127 Treated Effluent 431 Steam Condensate Recycle 300 TOTAL WATER 1346 TOTAL FRESH WATER REQUIREMENT 406 m3/day Water requirement per lit of alcohol 9.0 lit/lit Effluent to ETP Section Water Quantity (m3/day) Process Condensate 197 m3/day Spent Lees 129 m3/day WTP Blow down & Boiler Blow Down 85 m3/day Cooling Tower Blow down 47 m3/day TOTAL 458 m3/day

Table 2.10 : Water balance for 60 KLPD Distillery unit & Country liquor

Input Section Water Quantity (m3/day) Water in Molasses 36 Process Water In Fermentation 521 DM water for RS dilution 494 Soft water for vacuum pump & others 180 Soft water makeup for cooling tower 359 Bottling 60 Misc. water 65 Other domestic usage 10 DM Water for Boiler & DS 425 Total Water Input 2150 Water Output Table Section Water Quantity (m3/day) Spent Lees 608 Water in Spent Wash 466 51

Water in sludge 18 Vacuum Pump & Others 173 Vacuum Pump loss 7 Water in Product 4 Bottling Waste 20 CT Evaporation & Drift Losses, Blow Down 359 Washing Water 5 Domestic Consumption Waste 2 Blow Down Water & Reject Streams 84 Steam Condensate 350 ETP Waste 54 Total water Output 2150 Recycle water Section Water Quantity (m3/day) Spent Lees Recycle for RS Dilution 449 Vacuum Pump Recycle 173 Treated Effluent 661 Steam Condensate Recycle 350 Total Water 1633 517 Total Fresh Water Requirement 8.62 lit/lit Effluent to ETP Process Condensate 392 m3/day Spent Lees 160 m3/day WTP Blow down & Boiler Blow Down 109 m3/day Cooling Tower Blow down 36 m3/day TOTAL 697 m3/day

2.7 Technology and process description

2.7.1 Sugar Plant (5000 TCD) Technology- Most of the sugar factories in India follow Double Sulphitation Process and produce plantation white sugar. The major unit operations are given below. These are 1. Extraction of Juice 2. Clarification 3. Evaporation 4. Crystallization 5. Centrifugation

Extraction of Juice 52

The sugarcane is passed through preparatory devices like knives for cutting the stalks into fine chips before being subjected to crushing in a milling tandem comprising 4 to 6 three roller mills. Fine preparation with its impact on final extraction, is receiving special attention and shredders and particularly the fibrizers are gaining popularly. The mills are of modern design, being equipped with turbine drive, special feeding devices, efficient compound imbibitions system etc. In the best milling practice, more than 95% of the sugar in the cane goes into the juice, this percentage being called the sucrose extraction or more simply, the extraction. A fibrous residue called Bagasse; with a low sucrose content is produced about 25 to 30% of cane, which contains 45 to 55% moisture.

Clarification The dark-green juice from the mills is acidic (pH-4.5) and turbid, called raw juice or mixed juice. The mixed juice after being heated to 65 to 75 oC is treated with phosphoric acid, sulphur dioxide and milk of lime for removal of impurities in suspension in a continuously working apparatus. The treated juice on boiling fed to continuous clarifier from which the clear juice is decanted while the settled impurities known as mud is sent to rotary drum vacuum filter for removal of unwanted stuff called filter cake is discarded or returned to the field as fertilizer. The clear juice goes to the evaporators without further treatment. Evaporation The clarified juice contains about 85% water. About 75% of this water is evaporated in vacuum multiple effects consisting of a succeeding (Generally four) of vacuum-boiling cells arranged in series so that each succeeding body has higher vacuum. The vapours from the final body go to condenser. The syrup leaves the last body continuously with about 60% solids and 40% water.

Crystallization The syrup is again treated with sulphur dioxide before being sent to the pan station for crystallization of sugar. Crystallization takes place in single-effect vacuum pans, where the syrup is evaporated until saturated with sugar. At this point ‘seed grain’ is added to serve as a nucleus for the sugar crystals, and more syrup is added as water evaporates. The growth of the crystals continues until the pan is full. Given a skilled sugar boiler (or adequate instrumentation) the original crystals can be grown without the formation of additional crystals, so that when the pan is just full, the crystals are all of desired size, and the crystals and syrup form a dense 53

mass known as “massecuite”. The “strike” is then discharged through a foot valve into a crystallizer.

Centrifugation The massecuite from crystallizer is drawn into revolving machines called centrifuges. The perforated lining retains the sugar crystals, which may be washed with water, if desired. The mother liquor “molasses” passes through the lining because of the centrifugal force exerted and after the sugar is “purged” it is cut down leaving the centrifuge ready for another charge of massecuite. Continuous centrifuges may purge low grades. The mother liquor separated from commercial sugar is again sent to pan for boiling and re-crystallization. Three stage of re- crystallization are adopted to ensure maximum recovery of sugar in crystal form. The final mother liquor referred to as final molasses is sent out the factory as waste being unsuitable for recovery of sugar under commercial condition from economical point of view.

Condensate

Boilers Cane Steam

Cane preparation Imbibition water Milling Bagasse Saving 85 o C Bagasse

Milk of lime Raw Juice heating

SO2 gas Juice sulphiter

Juice sulphur burner Sulphited juice heating Sulphur

Syrup sulphur Dorr clarifier burner Filter cake Clear juice heating Rotary Vacuum Filter

Evaporator Bagacillo

Syrup sulphiter

SO2 gas Vacuum pans Desugarisation in steps

Crystallizers

Molasses to Centrifugal

distillery

Hopper

Grader

Godown Bagging

Figure 2.5: Sugar manufacturing process

2.7.2 Process description of cogeneration power plant Co-generation power plant process in brief Cogeneration denotes generation of surplus power mainly with a view to supplying power to the grid. The process of manufacturing of crystal sugar requires steam. However by producing steam at higher pressure and higher temperature, electricity can be generated in addition to the main manufactured product i.e. Sugar is known as Cogeneration. The sugarcane stalk consists of around 73 % water and 27% solids. Solids in turn comprise soluble solids mainly sucrose and fiber. The woody fiber of the cane is known as Bagasse and is about 30 % of the weight of the sugarcane. From the inception sugar factories are equipped with the capacity to generate power for captive consumption and surplus power of 14 MW. Normally a standard sugar plant of 3500 TCD would be provided with one boiler of 90 tones with 87 kg/sq. cm. pressure and suitable turbo-alternator set etc. the sugar units of the capacity would consume of about 35 % of steam for processing. The factory crushing at 146 tons per hour by adopting the new special methods can reduce the process steam consumption from 32% to 35% and also by increasing the boiler pressure at 87 kg/sq. cm. at 510 degree C would enable generation of excess power of 9.47 mw. That is to say it would be possible to export 9.47 MW of surplus power after considering a captive consumption of 4.53MW. Co-generation for the sugar factory has been a very attractive option in view of the potential for improving the financial health. On the other hand it helps in reducing ecological damage, by promoting the use of renewable fuels like Bagasse. Bagasse based cogeneration of power for export to the grid is a technology used in many countries; this is very beneficial to both the Sugar unit and to the Government. This concept is born out of the fact the sugar plant cogeneration holds the promise of narrowing the ever widening gap between the power supply and demand at low incremental cost. The present potential are estimated for the surplus exportable power to the grid from the sugar factories is around 5000 MW in the country. The fuel for the boilers of the cane sugar industry is Bagasse; however the storage of large quantity of combustible Bagasse in the premise of the sugar factory is problematic. Most of the boilers of sugar factory are designed in such a way as to use the entire quantity of Bagasse in cane as it is crushed daily. There is thus inbuilt energy inefficiency in the factory using all the Bagasse produced as fuel for the low pressure boilers, which could be otherwise used in a more 56

efficient manner by making alteration in the specifications of boiler and producing high pressure steam which can be utilized for generation of Power. Thus there is no any need of additional raw material for running this plant only need is to increase the efficiency of the existing procedure and plant and machinery.

Sugar Cane

Milling Cane Juice for sugar production

Bagasse Feed Water

Boiler

Superheated Steam

Turbo generator Steam to sugar process

Condensate

De-aerator Make up water

26 MW

Figure 2.6: Cogeneration process flow chart

2.7.3 Process description molasses/cane juice based distillery (60 KLPD) The proposed distillery project (Molasses and Cane Juice based of 60 KLPD Capacity) will adopt the best technology available for converting molasses into ethanol. The present trend is to adopt continuous fermentation/Fed batch method to ferment molasses into alcohol, which is distilled in a multistage distillation/pressure vacuum column, system. Extra Neutral Alcohol is manufactured from Rectified Spirit. The impurities in Rectified Spirit are reduced to considerable extent by properly diluting and redistilling the spirit. The impurities like aldehydes, acids, Esters, higher alcohols are minimized by controlled condition and tapping impurities at appropriate points during distillation. The eco-friendly Molecular Sieve Technology will be used for production of Fuel Ethanol. The integrated and independent evaporation system will be used for concentration of effluent. Machinery and Hardware: 1. Continuous/Fed batch Fermentation process which consists of Yeast Propagation System, Sludge Washing and Decantation System, Spent wash and Spent Lees recycling system. 2. Pressure – Vacuum Distillation system with integrated evaporation system where in the Steam Economy will be obtained considerably. Simultaneously recovering steam condensate which will be recycled back to Steam Generating Unit. 3. ETP system – It will be based on modern concept to obtain Zero Discharge. The system consists of further concentration of effluent in multiple evaporation system followed by burning of concentrated effluent in specially designed boiler. Auxiliary fuel coal will be used as per need of process. 4. Plant shall be more water / energy conservative i.e. Spent Lees / Part of Spent Wash will be recycled for the process, low steam consumption for MPR distillation system. 5. Avoidance of scaling problem due to use of MPR distillation system. 6. Simultaneous generation of steam and power for the process and distillery project

Fermentation Process Molasses is the chief raw material used for production of alcohol. Molasses contains about 50% total sugars, of which 30 to 33% are cane sugar and the rest are reducing sugar. During the fermentation, yeast strains to the species Saccharomyces Cerevisiae, a living microorganism belonging to class fungi converts sugar present in the molasses such as sucrose or glucose in to

alcohol. Chemically this transformation for sucrose to alcohol can be approximated by the equation: -

I) C12H22O11 + H2O Invertase 2C6H12O6 Cane Sugar Glucose + Fructose

ii) C6H12O6 Zymase 2C2H5OH + 2 CO2 180 2 x 46 + 2 x 44 Glucose/Fructose Ethyl alcohol + Carbon di-oxide Thus 180 gm. of sugars on reaction gives 92 g of alcohol. Therefore, 1 MT of sugar gives 511.1 kg of alcohol. The specific gravity of alcohol is 0.7934, therefore, 511.1 kg of alcohol is equivalent to 511.1 / 0.7934 = 644.19 L of Alcohol. During Fermentation of other by-products like glycerin, succinic acids etc. also are formed from sugars. Therefore, actually 94.5% total fermentable sugars are available for alcohol conversion. Thus, one MT of sugar will give only 644 x 0.945 = 608.6 L of alcohol, under ideal condition theoretically.

Normally only 88 to 90 % efficiencies are realized in Continuous type plant. One MT of molasses containing 47 % fermentable sugars gave an alcoholic yield of 283 L per MT.

Process of manufacture of Extra Neutral Alcohol

Extra Neutral Alcohol is manufactured from Rectified Spirit. The impurities in Rectified Spirit are reduced to considerable extent by properly diluting and redistilling the spirit. The impurities like aldehydes, acids, Esters, higher alcohols are minimized by controlled condition and tapping impurities at appropriate points during distillation.

Raw material

Weighed & Diluted

Yeast Propagated in sterilized separate vessel

Fermentation CO2

Clarified Wash Tank

Analyzer Column

Pre-Rectifier column if required

Rectifier column

Exhaust column

Boiler

Fusel oil separated & alcohol returned Fusel Oil

Rectified Spirit/ENA/ absolute alcohol

Figure 2.7: Manufacturing process for molasses based distillery 2.7.4 Process Description for Grain Based Distillery (45 KLPD)

Grain Handling and Milling Section Grain is lifted and unloaded by bucket elevator into grain silos. Grain from hopper is transferred continuously to feed bin of intermediate bucket elevator. This bucket elevator lifts the grains and feeds to vibratory pre-cleaner. The Pre cleaner removes light impurities like Straws, Stem and fine dust. Grain from vibrator is fed by gravity to magnetic separator to remove iron particles. From magnetic separator the grain is fed by gravity to de-stoner. This machine removes heavier particles like stones and supplies almost stone free grains. From de-stoner the grain is fed by gravity to hammer mill. The milled flour from hammer mill is fed by bucket 60

elevator to a vibratory sifter from a small hopper. The vent losses are minimized by a bag filter on vent lines. Flour is unloaded from hopper to vibratory sifter through rotary valve. The sifter classifies flour into fine and course. The coarse particles are recycled by gravity to mill through duct. A specially designed of mill facilitates of air escaping through Aspiration Section. Front opening of our Hammer Mill facilitates easy change of Screen & Hammers. Provide versatility of this Mill for all types of grinding of grains like Maize, Sorghum, Broken Rice and Millets. The Flour coming from mill of desired size of particles is conveyed through Screw Conveyor and Bucket Elevator is Stores is Flour Storage Silo. THE avg. Bulk Density of 0.5/0.6 Gm. /Cc. and Capacity of Silo is around Four Hours production of Hammer Mill.. The flour bins are mounted on load cell for weighment. Once the flour bin is full the actuated diversion valve stops feeding, the bin under feeding and diverts feed to other bin, which is empty. At a time one bin is getting filled and other bin is feeding to further section. The flour from either of bin is fed to next section, i.e., liquefaction section through a screw conveyor, which works through loss in weight feeder.

Slurry Preparation and Liquefaction Process – The flour from mill is mixed homogenously in blunting tank where process water with process condensate from evaporator and thin Stillage is used for dilution. Some quantity of Alfa amylase and viscosity reducing enzyme is also added here. The slurry is then pumped from mixing retention tank thru jet cooker where steam is added through for instantly raising the temperature of slurry to >1050 C. The slurry is cooked for specific period by allowing specific retention time in coil by centrifugal pump to liquefaction tank 1. The heat recovery is done by using heat in flash steam from liquefaction tank 1. The blunging vessel is a very high flow and high shear mixer ensuring no untreated mash clusters are passed to jet cooker. Efficient mixing is done by using agitators in mixing and liquefaction tanks. Gluco amylase is added in specific amount for Saccharification. After this it is cooled and sent to fermentation. The whole process is well monitored via instrumentation to get high conversion efficiency.

Yeast Propagation and Fermentation In this process, the genetically marked, highly efficient yeast strain under aseptic conditions, in Yeast vessels is prepared. The ready yeast Culture is then transferred from Pre-Fermented to

Fermenters. The glucose in media gets converted to ethanol, in each of the 6 Fermenters operating in batch mode for grain based fermentation. CO2 liberated during reaction is sent to

CO2 scrubber for recovery of ethanol before venting to atmosphere. The equipment is well designed to achieve enhanced efficiencies through better sugar / yeast contact by shearing and mixing, efficient oxygen transfer etc. Oxygen transfer at optimum efficiency is ensured by jet educators inside Fermenters.

Multipressure Distillation Concept Note on Distillation – The distillation system is designed for the production of potable alcohol. The distillation system comprises seven columns namely Analyzer/Degasifying column, Prerectifier Column, Extraction Column, Second Rectifier Column & Refining Column. The Fusel Oil Column, Head Concentration Column are used for concentrating & removal of Fusel Oil & impurities. After separation of impurities the recovered alcohol is recycled back to the pre rectifier column system. Rectification column and pre-rectifier column works under positive pressure. The top vapours from rectifier column are condensed in stripper column for giving heat to stripper re-boiler. Most of the other columns work under vacuum. The Distillation process is operated through PLC.

Stillage Processing The Stillage from Distillation section is then passed through decanter where cake and thin stillage are separated. The recovered thin stillage from decanter is concentrated in the evaporator till 38% concentration. The evaporator uses heat from distillation column for desired final concentration of stillage. The product from the evaporator is mixed with cake recovered from decanter. The mixture is sent to the dryer and the dried product is used as cattle feed. Part of the thin stillage [approximately 40% to 50%] is recycled to liquefaction section and Fermenters. Dryer will be installed in order to dry DWGS from distillation.

Grain handling & Storage

Grain

Cleaning

Grain Milling

Flour

Pre-mashing & slurry preparation

Flour slurry Recycle steam

Initial liquefaction

Pre liquefied Low pressure steam

Cooking

Cooked slurry High pressure steam

Final liquefaction

Partial Saccharification

Saccharified slurry

Simultaneous Saccharification CO2 & Fermentation

Distillation

Rectified spirit/ENA Fusel Oil DWGS

Figure 2.8: Manufacturing Process for Grain Based Distillery (45 KLPD) 2.7.5. Description of Manufacturing Process for Malt Spirit Barley is softened by steeping it in water & allowing it to germinate; the resulting malt is then used in brewing and distilling spirits. The enzyme diastase which is produced by the malting process helps starch in the grains turns into sugar and eventually into alcohol. 63

Barley

Malting (Stipping in water for germination)

Drying in the Kiln

Mashing/Brewing

Yeast added Fermentation

Pot still distillation

Maturation of malt spirit in oak wooden casks

Blending of Malt spirit for IMFL bottling

Figure 2.9: Manufacturing process of Malt The fresh water requirement for Malt Spirit, 05 KLPD will be 75.00 Cu.M/Day & effluent generation will be 15.00 Cu.M/Day

2.7.6 Description of Manufacturing Process for Grape Spirit First we are harvesting the Grapes & De-stemming of grapes is carried out by hand. The next phase is designed to crush the grapes to release their juice and allow the primary fermentation to start. Fermentation is the process whereby grape juice is turned into wine. Micro-organisms called Yeasts turn the natural sugar in the grape juice into alcohol. During fermentation the skins of the Grapes release aromatic compounds, natural coloring matter and tannins into the wine. Once the grapes have been crushed, the second phase of treading keeps the skins in constant contact with the fermenting wine so that the required amount of flavor, color and tannin is extracted. The ageing can take place in wood (normally oak) or in bottle and then filtered & clarified the juice. Finally the Distillation & Packing of Wine is carried out.

Harvesting of grapes

Destemming of grapes

Crushing & primary fermentation (alcoholic)

Cold Stabilization

Secondary fermentation & bulk aging

Filtration & clarification

Distillation of wine

Packing Figure 2.10: Manufacturing Process for Grape Spirit The fresh water requirement for Grape Spirit, 05 KLPD will be 60.00 Cu.M/Day & effluent generation will be 15.00 Cu.M/Day

2.7.7 Description of manufacturing process for CO2 recovery plant Raw gas from fomenters in foam trap where we remove the foams come along the gas and then with the help of booster blower we will push the gas in to the chain/series of scrubbing

systems consists of pre water scrubber, KMnO4 scrubber with dosing facilities and then after

water scrubber. In this chain of scrubber we wash the CO2 gas by means of water and then raw

gas gets buffer in a buffer vessel and then it goes to two stage CO2 compressor where it compresses up to a desired pressure and then raw gas goes dryer & then goes to the dual tower activated carbon bed where the odor of raw gas removed and then raw gas enters into the high

pressure pre-cooler and then enters into the dual tower CO2 dryer and then into the liquefaction system and then the liquid goes directly to the storage tank where the gas stores

for a particular period of time. Liquid CO2 used in formation of Dry Ice, in cylinder filling & in

3 tanker. The fresh water requirement for co2 recovery plant 50 TPD will be 12.00 m /d & effluent generation will be 2.00 m3/d.

CO2

Fermenters Scrubber

Blowers Co2 main Compressor

GAS CO2 2

Liquid Co2 at 22 kg/cm

Purification train

Cylinder Refrigeration circuit

DRY ICE

TANKER

Figure 2.11: CO2 Manufacturing Plant

2.7.9 Manufacturing process for Cyclodextrin

Grain handling & Storage

Grain

Cleaning

Grain

Milling

Flour

Pre-mashing & slurry preparation

Flour slurry Liquefaction

Pre liquefied slurry Enzymatic degradation of starch to Cyclodextrane

Crystallization

Cyclodextrane

The fresh water requirement for Cyclodextrin plant, 2.5 MT/Day will be 25.00 Cu.M/Day & effluent generation will be 7.5 Cu.M/Day.

Figure 2.12: Manufacturing process for Cyclodextrin

2.7.10 Description of Manufacturing Process for IMFL Bottling The process would involve ENA spirit which is stored in tanks it will be transfer to reduction vats & then mixing of ENA with DM water for dilution, blends with different liquor essence in the blending tank. It will be treated with Activated Carbon which stabilizes biological systems against upsets and shock loading, controls color and odor. It undergoes maturing & aging process for long period of time. Then addition of flavoring agents, caramel & colors in stainless steel blending tanks. The blend would be subjected to physical filtration. Subsequently, the blend would be filled in bottles. The bottles would be labeled, packed, and stored for final dispatch. ENA spirit in storage tank

Transfer to reduction vats

Dilution with DM water

Blending with different spirits

Treatment with activated carbon

Maturing & aging

Addition of flavoring agent

Addition of caramel

Circulation of blends

Filtration & bottling

Packing

Figure 2.13: Manufacturing process for IMFL bottling

2.7.11 Description of manufacturing process for country liquor bottling The process would involve rectified spirit transfer to reduction vats & then mixing of ENA with DM water along with liquor essence blends, caramels, and colors in stainless steel blending tanks. The ratio of spirit to DM water would be controlled by proof requirements in the end product. The blend would be subjected to physical filtration. Subsequently, the blend would be filled in bottles. The bottles would be labeled, packed, and stored for final dispatch.

Rectified spirit in storage tank

Transfer to reduction vats

Dilution with soft water/ DM water

Activated carbon treatment

Addition of flavoring agents

Addition of caramel

Circulation of blends

Filtration & bottling

Packing

Figure 2.14: Manufacturing process for country liquor bottling 2.7.11 General requirement for sugar and distillery utilities Sugar  Milling section  Boiling section 70

 HP boiler  Steam turbine and auxiliaries  Tie line  Electrical evacuation system including switchyard equip, metering system & additional bay  Piping, valves, PRDSH  DCS & plant automation  Bagasse & ash handling Equipment’s  ACC for DEC TG & auxiliaries  Bagasse dryer  Electrical Distribution & Interface Piping

Distillery  Fermentation multi-pressure distillation & ethanol  Integrated & independent evaporation for spent wash concentration  Utility equipment - cooling towers, compressor, condensate polishing unit, blower & chilling plant, alcohol storage & auxiliaries  Incineration boiler  PRDS, electrical, interface piping, DCS, Fuel & Ash handling, auxiliary cooling tower, Power Export Facility, yard piping & yard lighting etc.

2.8 Pollution Sources and its Mitigation measures Summary of major waste generation of the from sugar, cogeneration and distillery its disposal/ treatment mechanism is given below,

Table 2.11 : Waste generation for the entire project

Particular Steam Power Fresh Effluent Solid waste Air Water CMD emissions (CMD) Sugar Exhaust 5 MW 517.44 *Sugar ETP sludge – Sugar 5000 TCD steam Consumed CMD Effluent 325Kg/day Factory Co- 112.27 545.28 Oil & grease gen Boiler- TPH CMD recovery – 146 150 TPH kg/day Stack with Co-generation Steam 26 MW Cap. Bagasse Ash – 60 m with Unit (Cap.- 26 142.77 (5 MW- 20.81 MTD ESP, Fugitive MW), DECC TPH Sugar & emissions, others, 20 material MW Export) handling Distillery Co- Steam 3.5 MW *Coal and spent Incineration gen Unit (Cap – 30.5 wash Ash from Boiler -35 3.5 MW, ECC) TPH Incineration TPH Stack 70 m with 71

boiler – 84.06 ESP, Fugitive MTD emissions, material handling Distillery Molasses Steam 2.8 MW 517 * Conc. * Yeast sludge based – 13.80 CMD Spent wash from molasses (60KLPD) (ENA, TPH to boiler – distillery – Evaporator & 175 TPD 15 MTD ethanol) Country liquor -- 60 KW -- -- bottling plant (2 Lac cases/ Month) Grain based Steam- 406 * *Distillery ETP (45 13.00 CMD combined sludge – 250 KLPD)(liquefac MT/hr spent lees, kg/day tion, vapor evaporator, condensate dryer, ENA) & RO reject – 1168 TPD IMFL Bottling -- 40 KW plant(0ne Lac cases/Month)

Malt Spirit Steam 150 KW 75 15 CMD Residue as cattle based (5KLPD) – 1.05 CMD feed-3.90 MTD MT/hr Grape Spirit 0.875 60 15 CMD Grape residue based (5KLPD) MT/hr CMD for composting - 19.5 MTD CO2 Plant (50 3TPD 450 KW 12 2 CMD -- TPD) (alterna CMD te day) Cyclodextrane 6.25 75 KW 25 7.5 CMD Grain residue as Plant (2.5 TPD CMD cattle feed 750 MTD) kg/day Domestic use -- -- 200 180 D including CMD colony

2.9 Project Implementation Schedule Project action will start after getting Environment Clearance from EAC, MoEFCC. Estimated time schedule of project implementation will be around 100-120 weeks.

2.10 Project Cost Estimate The project cost estimates include land & land development, civil, building structure, plant, & machinery band other expenses, contingencies @, plant & machinery, margin money of working capital. Environment management cost will be around Rs. 12.95 cr. & recurring cost will be 47.35 lakhs. The details of project cost are given in Table. 2.11 & EMP cost is mentioned in Table 2.12. Table 2.11: Detail Cost investment bifurcation

Sr. Particulars Sugar Plant Co-Gen Molasses Grain Total In no. 5000 TCD 29.5 Based Dist. Based Lakh, Rs MW 60KLPD Dist.& other units 1 Land & Land 300 200 100 100 700 Development 2 Building & Civil 2035 400 694 710 3839 Works 3 Plant & Machinery a Grain based - - - 1698.95 distillery b Country Liquor - - - 400 c IMFL - - - 400 d CO2 plant - - - 200 e Grape spirit plant - - - 200 f Cyclodextrane plant - - - 200 Total Plant & 6802 8686 3595 3098.95 22181.95 machinery 4 Miscellaneous Fixed 613 100 255.60 100 1068.60 Assets 5 Provision For 236 230 114 98 469 Contingencies 6 Preliminary & Pre 596 532 444 287 1859 Operative & Other Expenses 7 Margin Money For 100 10 50 100 260 Working Capital Total 10682 10158 5252.60 4493.95 30586.55

Table 2.12 Environment Management Cost Sr. Capital Cost, Recurring Cost, Description of Item No. Rs Lakh Rs Lakh/ annum 1. Electrostatic precipitators 500 15.00 2. Stacks 170 3.00 Effluent treatment plants (ETP), Sewage 3. 425 12.50 collection, treatment & disposal (STP) 4. Firefighting system 75 2.25 5. Noise Abatement 0.25 0.10 Env. Lab equipment & on line monitoring 6. 50 5.00 system 7. Rain water harvesting 15 4.50 8. Green belt 35 5.00 9. Occupation health - 25.0 Total 1295.25 47.35

2.11 Conclusion Probable major environment pollution sources have been identified in this chapter. There will be major impacts are from Wastewater, solid waste generation and air emissions. Baseline studies have been conducted in the month of Dec 2018 to Feb 2019. Baseline study will help to understand extent of existing pollution and thereafter the impact of the proposed activities.

Chapter III: Description of the Environment Introduction

The baseline status of environmental quality in the vicinity of project site serves as a basis for identification and prediction of impact. This chapter illustrates the description of existing environmental status of the study area with reference to the prominent environmental attributes. The data were collected from both primary and secondary sources. Primary source data were collected through environmental monitoring in the study area. Primary survey involved climate, hydro geological aspects, atmospheric conditions, water quality, soil quality, vegetation pattern, ecology, socio-economic profile and land use of the study area. For reconnaissance survey the sampling locations were identified based on: 1. Existing topography and meteorological conditions. 2. Locations of water intake and waste disposal points. 3. Location of human habilitation and other sensitive areas present in the vicinity of the project site. 4. Representative areas for baseline conditions. Accessibility for sampling

3.1 Environmental Parameters Field monitoring was done for primary data collection of various environment components such as air quality, water quality, soil quality, noise, micrometeorology, flora & fauna, socio- economic, hydro-geological study, traffic study etc. Also, secondary data from authenticated sources was used as a guideline and reference material. The entire data has been collected through actual physical surveys and observations, literature surveys, interaction with locals, government agencies, and departments. The baseline study begins with site visits and reconnaissance survey in the study area. During these visit the locations were fixed for the monitoring and collection of primary data. The guiding factors for the present baseline study are the requirements prescribed by the guidelines given in the EIA Manual of the MoEFCC and methodologies mentioned in Technical EIA Guidelines Manual for Sugar, Thermal and Distilleries by IL&FS Ecosmart Ltd., approved by MoEFCC.

3.2 Study Period The studies were conducted during winter season for the period of 1st Dec 2018- 31st Feb 2019.

3.3 Frequency of Monitoring Frequency of environment monitoring considered is given in Table 3.1. Table 3.1: Environmental Parameter & Frequency of Monitoring

Components Parameters Frequency Methodology adopted Ambient air PM2.5,PM10,SO2, Ambient air quality PM10/PM2.5: Gravimetric method quality NOx samples are monitored at SO2: Modified West and Gaeke 9 locations for 24 hours Method. (IS : 5182, Part II) twice a week for the NOx: Jacobs and Hochheiser study period Method. (IS 5182 Part VI) Meteorology Surface : Wind Primary data: Monitoring data for primary data speed and Hourly continuous IS: 8829 direction , readings during the study temperature, period at plant site relative secondary data collected humidity and IMD rainfall Water quality Physical, Primary data :- Standard methods for Chemical and Ground water samples Examination of Water and Bacteriological were collected from 9 Wastewater’ published by parameters. locations and 2 surface American Public Health water samples were Association (APHA) collected from one locations Ecology Terrestrial fauna Field survey conducted in Listing of floral and faunal and flora and 10 km study area, once species. River ecology during the study period Noise Noise levels in Continuous 24 – hourly IS: 4954 as adopted by CPCB. dB(A) monitoring at 9 locations once during the study period Soil Physico- Sampling at 8 locations BIS specifications chemical around project site once during the study period. Socioeconomic Socio-economic General in 10 km radial - Data characteristics of study area and data the affected area collected around the project site through field visits Land use Land use for 10 km radius, Based on Topo-sheets pattern different data published in Primary Satellite imageries categories Census Abstract and satellite imagery LISS –III 76

Components Parameters Frequency Methodology adopted Geology and Type, drainage Field Observations in 10 Authenticate published data. hydrogeology etc. km study area and from secondary data 3.4 Study area Brief of Environment setting is given in Table 3.2. Table 3.2: Environmental setting

Sr. no. Particulates Description 1. Project Location Survey no. 235, 238, 247, 248, 252, 254, 256 Geographical Coordinates Village Pande, Tal. Karmala, Dist.Solapur, Maharashtra. 180 24’17.19”N & Longitude 750 13’02.69”E. at 582 m MSL. 2. Toposheet number 47 N / 3, 47 N / 7 3. Nearest IMD station Solapur 4. Nearest Town Karmala 2.0 km 5. Nearest airport Pune International airport 140 km towards West Baramati Airport: 70 km in South West Osmanabad Airport: 90 in South East 6. Nearest Railway station Jeur Railway station:16 km in South West Kem railway Station:25 km in South East Jinti railway station:36 km in South West 7. Nearest Road SH 143: 2.5 km in north SH 141: 1.7 km in South West SH 67: 1.5 km West SH 149: 16.9 South east 8. Nearest Village Pande 2.25 km in SE, Dhakshinvadi 1.6 km 9. Nearest densely populated Karmala 2.0 km 10. No. of villages in 10 km 31 11. Bio-geographical zone Semi-Arid 12. Nearest Water body Sina river : 4.5 km Mangi Taval 7.5 km 13. Eco-sensitive area No any 14. Pilgrimage site Kamalabhavani temple 0.9 km 15. Average rainfall for last 10 488.8 mm years (https://solapur.gov.in/en/rainfall) 16. Temperature Highest recorded: 46 0C, Lowest record: 4.4 0C 17. Humidity Annual mean relative humidity: 38-67 18. Wind Direction Winter: E, NE and SE Monsoon: W, SW & NW Winter: E, SE & N 19. Soil Type Shallow soils, Medium black and deep black soil

Figure 3.1: Toposheet of the 10 km study area

Figure 3.2: Satellite image of the 10 km study area

3.5 Physiography The district is comprised of Bhima sub-basin and has undulating topogragraphy. The elevation in the district is ranges from 400 to 600m amsl. The district is typically characterized by the morphology of Deccan basaltic flows. The major Rivers flowing in the district are the Bhima, The Sina, Man, and Bhargavati Rivers. The Sina and the Man River’s are the tributaries of the Bhima and the Bhogawati River is tributary of Sina. Dendritic drainage has been observed only in the vicinity of major Rivers where alluvial deposits or thick soil cover is present. However all the streams and rivers which flow in the district are effluent in nature.

Figure 3.3: Physiography of the Solapur

3.5.1 Geology There are no evidences of any structural disturbances like folding and faulting. The basaltic lava flow traps, which are covered by thin mental of soil almost everywhere in the district. These lava flows, on account of differential weathering give rise to undulating relief. There are no prominent mountains and hill ranges in the district, hence, the region is characterized by typical Deccan trap topography. The geological sequence in the district of Solapur is divided into two main categories: 1) Recent alluvium and soil causing horizons of calcareous pebble (KANKAR) gravels, pebbles and silt lime materials; are of the recent origin. 2) Volcanic flows are resulting in fissure eruptions of lava. These lava flows belong to Deccan trap are in fact, of volcanic episode of the cretaceous Eocene period. 3) The geological survey carried out in the past clearly reveals that the fragments of basalt do not show any sign of volcanic activity in historical past. However, there are structural variations within the same flow both laterally and vertically. (Gezetteer of the Bombay Presidency, Solapur District Volume – XX, 1997 P.P.405, 486, 491 – 493, 498 – 501. Geography of Maharashtra, National Book Trust, India. New Delhi P.14)

3.5.2 Hydrology Bhima is the most significant river flowing through Solapur district. The river Bhīma originates from the Bhimashankar plateau of Ambegaon tahsil in Pune district. The right bank tributaries of Bhīma are Nira and Man, while left bank tributary is the Sina. Besides, a good number of lesser streams in the Solapur district which form the tributaries of the Bhīma and Sina are the local feeders. The Bhīma and the Sina flow, roughly south easterly direction, while the Nira east and the Man north east direction. Most of these rivers are non-perennial in nature and flow only during the rainy season. Ground water in Deccan Traps mostly occurs in the weathered and fractured parts down to 10-15m depth. At places potential zones are encountered at deeper levels in the form of fractures and interflow zones which are generally confined down to 60-80 m in the district. The weathered portions of both vesicular and massive units have better porosity and permeability.

Figure 3.4: Drainage pattern of the Solapur

Figure 3.5: Hydrology of the Solapur

Water Level Pre monsoon Depth to Water Level (May)

The pre-monsoon depth to water level ranges from ground level to 12.80. It is observed that most of the stations were dry during pre-monsoon season indicating roughly the water level has gone below 9 mbgl as majority of the wells are having a depth range between 8 and 16 mbgl except at few observation wells where it is more than 16 mbgl. Depth to water level range of 5-10 mbgl are observed in major part of the district. Water level in the range of 2-5 mbgl are observed in northern part of the district and also in isolated pached spread over the district. Post-monsoon Depth to Water Level (November)

The post monsoon water level ranges from 1.00 to 19.60 m bgl. Major part of the district shows water level in the range of 5-10 mbgl. The water level within 3 mbgl have been recorded only in few patches in western part of Solapur district particularly in the area ground Jeur and Kanhar in Karmala Taluka, area around Mahlshiras town and Salmukh in Malshiras Taluka and area around Sangola in Sangola Taluka. The area around Pandharpur and Mangalvedha in west central part of the district has recorded water level below 9 mbgl.

Figure 3.6: Pre-monsoon water depth of Solapur District

Figure 3.7: Post-monsoon water depth of Solapur District 3.5.3 Topography The region is characterized by typical Deccan trap topography. The elevation in the district is ranges from 400 to 600m MSL. The district is typically characterized by the morphology of Deccan basaltic flows. The study area is located near Sina River hence it is having average plane topography.

Figure 3.8: Digital elevation of 10 km study area

3.6 Land use pattern Land use is characterized by the arrangements, activities and inputs people undertake in a certain land cover type to produce, change, or maintain it. Definition of land use in this way establishes a direct link between land cover and the actions of people in their environment. 3.6.1 Land Cover of the study area Land cover is the observed (bio) physical cover on the earth's surface. When considering land cover in a very pure and strict sense, it should be confined to the description of vegetation and man-made features. Consequently, areas where the surface consists of bare rock or bare soil are land itself rather than land cover. Also, it is disputable whether water surfaces are real land cover. However, in practice, the scientific community usually includes these features within the term land cover. Land Use/Land cover for 10 km radius from project site of were delineated based on the Landsat ETM+ satellite data; the land use/Land cover classes are categorized based on the ground trothing and site visit. The land is classified in vegetation, barren land, Built up area and water Body etc. classes, detailed distribution of units showing in the below map, table and graph. Methodology Salient features of the methodology adopted are given below:  Preparation of base map from Survey of India toposheets. Data analysis using visual interpretation techniques.  Ground truth studies or field checks.  Finalization of the map. Digitization using heads up vectorisation method.  Area calculation for statics generation. These images provide the information about the land use pattern of the study area. The different color represents the settlement or built up land Vegetation (include Agriculture and forest) area, barren Land and water bodies Table 3.3: Land use land cover statistics of the study area

Figure 3.9: Land cover of 10 km study area

Built up land It is defined as an area of human habitat developed due to non-agriculture use. The built-up land in 10 km radius from project site comprises of villages, towns, panchayat and revenue villages that include buildings, Industries, factories, transport, communications, utilities in association with water and vegetation. Out of total 2.74 % (total 8.61 sq.km) of area cover in Built up class.

Vegetation & Agricultural The vegetation class use is a function of land productivity and land utilization practices over a period of time. It is an area within the notified forest boundary bearing an association of predominantly of trees and other vegetation types capable of producing timber and other forest produces. These lands are generally occupying the topographically high regions. Vegetation area 83.26 % of the area 261.36 sq.km.

Water Bodies This category comprises areas with surface water, either impounded in the form of ponds, lakes and reservoirs or flowing as streams, rivers, canals etc. These are seen clearly on the satellite image in blue to dark blue or cyan color depending on the depth of water. These areas were identified and mapped as water bodies; this unit is spatially distributed, 6 sq.km. Which is 1.93 % of the study area.

Scrub land Scrubland, scrub, brush, or bush is a plant community characterized by vegetation dominated by shrubs, often also including grasses, herbs, and geophytes. Shrub land may either occur naturally or be the result of human activity. Scrub land constitute 12 % of the total land in 10 km radius study area.

3.7 Seismology Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) has prepared a seismic zoning map of India based on tectonic features and records of past earthquakes. Approx. 59% of the land area of India is liable to seismic hazard damage. In India, seismic zones are divided into four zones i.e. II, III, IV and V. Zone – V: Very High Risk Zone Zone – IV: High Risk Zone Zone – III: Moderate Risk Zone Zone – II: Low Risk Zone The site is located in Zone-III as per the seismic map given in

Figure 3.10: Seismic zone map

3.8 Climatic condition & meteorology The climate of the district is characterized by general dryness during the major part of the year. Winter season is from November to end of February followed by summer season which is from March to May. The South-West monsoon season is from June to October. However average 89

rainfall for the district for above period is 488.8 mm. The climate of the district is dry except during south west monsoon period that is from June to Sept. Meteorological characteristics of an area are very much important in assessing possible environmental impacts and in preparing environmental management plan.

3.8.1 Methodology Secondary data from already published literature of National Data Centre of Indian Meteorological Department have been utilized to establish the general meteorological pattern.

3.8.2 Average Meteorological Condition (Source: IMD) The IMD observatory is installed in the in the compound of the Civil Hospital, Solapur . The area around is a large open plain mostly of cultivated land and with very few trees. Wind instruments on the terrace of the maternity ward; exposure good. IMD station at an approx., aerial distance of 97.5 km towards the south east direction from the project site. The height of installation is 479 m above MSL and 10m from ground. The average of meteorological data of IMD observatory is presented in Table 3.4 and the wind rose diagram of the study period is given as Figure 3.11. Table 3.4: Average of meteorological data Month Temperature Relative Humidity (%) Pre-dominant Precipitation (mm) (°C) Wind Direction Monthly total January 31.3 16.3 65 31 E and SE 6 February 34.2 18.1 53 26 N, SE, E and NW 2.3 March 37.7 21.7 47 23 N, SE, W, NW 7.9 April 40.1 24.6 51 23 N, NW,W, SW 14.8 May 40.2 25.1 64 27 W, NW, N, SW 33.4 June 34.9 23.4 77 49 SW,W, NW 120.4 July 31.9 22.5 81 58 SW,W, NW 121 August 31.2 22 81 58 SW,W, NW 134 September 31.9 21.9 81 53 SW,W, NW 177 October 32.7 20.7 72 42 NE,E, N and NW 96.2 November 31.8 18.1 65 36 E, NE 22.4 December 30.8 15.8 66 34 E, NE, SE 7 Annual Total or 34.1 20.8 67 38 - 742.5 Mean (Based on observations 1981-2010)

3.8.3 Temperature The summer season from March to May is one with continuous increase in temperatures which decreases during monsoon, increases slightly during the post monsoon season and again decreases during the winter. During the study period, the daily maximum temperature was recorded in the month of May and daily minimum temperature was recorded in the month of January. l. The highest limit of maximum temperature recorded in past at Solapur was 45.60C and lowest limit was 4.40C. The average temperature of the study period has been recorded at 28°C.

3.8.4 Relative Humidity The climate of the region is characterized by general dryness except during south west monsoon season. Humidity is usually high during the monsoon months, with max relative humidity 81%. Humidity decreases gradually during the post monsoon months. The values of maximum & minimum relative humidity observed during the study period are 23-81 %.

3.8.5 Precipitation The annual rainfall is received during the southwest monsoon season i.e. from June to October, July being the month with highest rainfall. Average Annual Rainfall The rainfall throughout the district is scanty. About 74% of the annual rainfall is received during June to September – October. In September highest assured rainfall is received during June to September, having to peaks in rainfall pattern is June and July and second in September-October. In September highest assured rainfall is received when retreating monsoon and cyclonic rainfall occurs. About 17 percent of the normal annual rainfall in the district is received during September to November, which is favorable for rabbi crops. The isohyets 500 mm runs from north to south which indicates that about 50 percent proportion of the district receives less than 500 mm rain annually. The variation in annual rainfall from normal from year to year is so large that there is no assurance of fixed quantity of rainfall. The total annual rainfall observed from year 2010 to 2017 is 488.8 mm.

Table 3.5: Rainfall data for Solapur District year 2010 to 2017

(https://solapur.gov.in/en/rainfall/ )

3.8.6 Wind Speed and Wind Direction Wind rose based on hourly readings of wind speed and direction monitored during monitoring period at the factory site for the month of Dec 2018, Jan 2019, Feb 2019. In general, the meteorological data obtained from the previous years available from secondary source. The wind rose diagram reveals that wind was blowing predominantly from the East direction followed North east having speed in the range of 1-4.8 m/s during the monitoring period with frequency of calm winds 47.5 % during the monitoring period. Wind rose graphically shown in Fig 3.11.

Figure 3.11: Wind rose

Figure 3.12: Wind class frequency distribution 93

Figure 3.13: IMD wind rose (17.30 Hrs) from IMD station Solapur

3.9 Ambient Air Quality Sampling location & frequency Ambient air quality of the study area has been assessed during winter period of 1st Dec 2018 to 28th Feb 2019, through a network of nine ambient air quality stations within an area of 10 km region around the project site. Based on the established selection criteria the locations of ambient air quality monitoring (AAQM) stations have been identified. The sampling was done continuously for 24 hours for SO2, NOx, and PM10 & PM2.5 with a frequency of twice a week for three months. Methodology  The air quality monitoring study was conducted keeping the following points into consideration.  Meteorological conditions on synoptic scale; i.e. after considering the pre-dominant wind direction.  Two locations in the upwind direction;  Three locations in the downwind direction.  Population zone and sensitive receptors. The concentrations of PM10, PM2.5 , SO2 and NOX samples were collected as 24 hourly average by drawing air at the rate of 1.0 -1.5 m3/min through glass fibre filter paper and analyzing by the gravimetric method. Whereas, the concentrations of SO2 and NOX were analyzed by absorption & spectrophotometric method. The air monitoring locations are shown in Figure 3.14 and Table 3.9 Table 3.8: Methodology for AAQM

Parameter Monitoring Analytical Method Minimum Technical Protocol Equipment’s Detectable limit 3 PM10 Fine Dust IS 5182 (Part 23) :2006, 10 µg/m Respirable Suspended sampler RA-2012 Particulate Matter (PM 10) gravimetric method 3 PM2.5 Fine Dust Guidelines for the 10 µg/m Respirable Suspended sampler measurement of Particulate Matter Ambient Air pollutant (PM 2.5) gravimetric Vol. I,2011(CPCB method Guidelines)

3 NOx Gaseous IS 5182 (Part VI) : 2006, 5 µg/m Modified Jacob & sampler RA-2012 Hochheiser (Na- Arsenate) method 3 SO2 Gaseous IS 5182 (Part II) : 2001, 5 µg/m Improved West and sampler RA-2012 Geake method

Table 3.9: Air sampling locations

Air Location Distance Geographical coordinates Direction Justification Stations (km) for selection A1 Project site _ 18°24'16.94"N, 75°13'4.87"E _ Core A2 Devicha mal 0.85 18°24'12.72"N, 75°12'34.92"E W DW A3 Karmala 2.8 18°23'45.90"N, 75°11'33.11"E WSW DW A4 Devoli 4.5 18°22'28.37"N, 75°11'2.46"E SW DW A5 Pande 3 18°22'37.41"N, 75°13'52.38"E SE UW A6 Dakshinvadi 1.12 18°24'44.44"N, 75°13'45.71"E NE UW A7 Karanje 5 18°24'20.48"N, 75°15'40.85"E ENE UW A8 Khambewadi 3.7 18°25'18.16"N, 75°14'55.06"E NE UW A9 Hevarvadi 5.5 18°25'55.22"N, 75°10'26.81"E NW CW

Figure 3.14: Air quality sampling lotion

Table 3.10: Ambient Air analysis results

3 3 3 3 Statistical parameter PM2.5 (µg/m ) PM10 (µg/m ) SO2 (µg/m ) NOx (µg/m ) A1-Project Site Minimum 30.3 40.2 6.7 11.2 Maximum 39.3 49.1 10.3 15.8 Average 34.9 44.4 8.3 13.4 98th Percentile 38.8 48.7 10.3 15.8 A2- Devicha mal Minimum 20.3 32.1 6.9 10.7 Maximum 28.2 42.2 10.3 15.1 Average 23.5 37.5 8.2 13.4 98th percentile 27.3 41.9 10.3 15.1 A3- Karmala Minimum 22.5 40.2 7.2 12.1 Maximum 30.1 49.5 10.5 14.8 Average 26.3 44.9 9.4 13.4 98th percentile 29.8 49.4 10.5 14.8 A4- Devoli Minimum 20.3 29.6 6.9 10.4 Maximum 29.6 48.2 11.1 14.3 Average 24.8 36.9 8.7 12.8 98th percentile 29.6 48.0 10.7 14.3 A5- Pande Minimum 22.2 40.1 6.2 10.3 Maximum 28.9 46.2 10.9 16.5 Average 25.9 42.7 8.5 13.5 98th percentile 28.7 45.7 10.7 15.9 A6- Dakshinvadi Minimum 23.2 34.5 7.2 12.6 Maximum 28.5 45.2 13.2 16.1 Average 25.5 41.5 9.2 14.5 98th percentile 28.4 44.9 12.3 16.0 A7- Karanje Minimum 20.2 30.6 7.2 12.1 Maximum 29.2 40.3 11.3 15.6 Average 25.3 35.6 9.2 13.7 98th percentile 29.2 39.5 11.3 15.6 A8- Khambewadi Minimum 20.5 32.1 7.4 12.3 Maximum 29.4 42.2 10.5 16.2 Average 25.0 36.8 9.2 14.1 98th percentile 29.3 42.2 10.4 15.9 A9- Hevarvadi

Minimum 20.1 33.2 7.0 10.5 Maximum 28.9 46.3 10.5 15.5 Average 24.7 39.2 8.8 13.5 98th percentile 28.6 45.7 10.4 15.5 NAAQS standards 2009, Ministry of Environment & Forest, Gov. of India Industrial, Residential 60 100 80 80 and Rural Areas

Analysis of Ambient Air Quality:

Particulate matter emission (PM10& PM2.5): After completion of baseline survey it was found that all ambient air quality parameters are within the NAAQ standards of Central Pollution Control Board. At project site it was found that high percentage of Particulate matter as compared to other monitoring locations due vehicular movement, at existing sugar factory. Another source of particulate emission also found due to movement of vehicles at project site it is in the form of dust.

SO2 emission: SO2 is mainly due to vehicular traffic and burning of fuel in the area. SO2 found in the range of 6.2 -13.2 (µg/m3) NOx emission: NOx emission at all monitoring location are within the NAAQ standards. At Pande it was found that high (16.5 µg/m3) percentage of NOx as compared to other locations due to rural fuel burning activities. Nitrogen dioxide is a large scale pollutant, with rural background. Nitrogen dioxide plays a role in atmospheric chemistry, including the formation of tropospheric ozone.

3.10 Ambient noise monitoring results Ambient noise standards are prescribed for residential, commercial and industrial areas and silence zone vide ‘The Noise Pollution (Regulation and control) Rules, 2000, notified by the MoEF&CC on February 14, 2000 and amended thereof. The ambient noise standards have been stipulated during day time (6 am to 9 pm) and night time (9 pm to 6 am) keeping in the view the different sensitive and the resultant impacts at community level during these periods. The ambient noise levels were monitored at selected villages within the study area during day and night time covering residential, commercial/industrial and silence zones. Background noise levels were measured at the project site and surrounding villages by standard- noise- level- meter for 24 hours. Equivalent noise levels during day (0800-2100 hrs)

Ld, night (2100-0700 hrs) Ln and the equivalent noise levels for day & night, the Ldn values were calculated. Methodology

 Site visit and identification of sources of noise  Identifying monitoring locations and conducting noise monitoring  Determining possible impacts of noise on the environment from proposed activities  Suggestions of mitigation measures of noise and to reduce noise of sources exceeding the allowable limits The Noise quality monitoring Station presented in Figure 3.15 & observed noise level is described in Table 3.11. Table 3.11: Noise Level Monitoring Locations

Air Location Distance Geographical coordinates Direction Justification for Stations (km) selection N1 Project site _ 18°24'16.94"N, 75°13'4.87"E _ Core N2 Devicha mal 0.85 18°24'12.72"N, 75°12'34.92"E W DW N3 Karmala 2.8 18°23'45.90"N, 75°11'33.11"E WSW DW N4 Devoli 4.5 18°22'28.37"N, 75°11'2.46"E SW DW N5 Pande 3 18°22'37.41"N, 75°13'52.38"E SE UW N6 Dakshinvadi 1.12 18°24'44.44"N, 75°13'45.71"E NE UW N7 Karanje 5 18°24'20.48"N, 75°15'40.85"E ENE UW N8 Khambewadi 3.7 18°25'18.16"N, 75°14'55.06"E NE UW N9 Hevarvadi 5.5 18°25'55.22"N, 75°10'26.81"E NW CW

100

Figure 3.15: Noise monitoring sampling location

101

Results The results of all nine noise monitoring stations are summarized in the below Table 3.12. Table 3.12: Results of noise monitoring

Station Location Equivalent noise level, CPCB permissible limits codes Leq in dB (A) Day Time Night Time Day Time Night Time N1 Project site 65.8 63.2 75 70 N2 Devicha mal 52.6 43.2 55 45 N3 Karmala 51.6 41.2 55 45 N4 Devoli 51.1 42.0 55 45 N5 Pande 50.4 43.4 55 45 N6 Dakshinvadi 51.2 38.2 55 45 N7 Karanje 52.1 42.0 55 45 N8 Khambewadi 50.2 41.5 55 45 N9 Hevarvadi 52.1 40.0 55 45

Analysis The above results are within the CPCB Standards. The minimum noise level 38.2 dB (A) and the maximum noise level 52.6 dB (A) were observed in rural residential area. The relative high values of noise recorded in factory premises and suburban areas were primarily due to vehicular traffic and other activities.

3.11 Water Quality The surface and ground water quality of the project area may get affected due to various factors. Assessment of baseline data on water environment (surface and ground) includes  Identification of surface water sources  Identification of ground water sources  Collection of water samples  Analyzing water samples for Physio-chemical and biological parameters  The surface and ground water sampling was carried out by using central pollution control board (CPCB) guidelines.  A sample container was properly cleaned and rinsed with sample for three-four times before it was filled. Sample containers were labeled properly and sample code, sampling date was clearly marked on container.

102

 Surface water sample was collected from surface water body about 30 cm below the water surface using grab sampling method.  Ground water samples were collected from bore well & dug well  Water samples from various locations in and around the project site within 10 km radius were collected for assessment of the physico-chemical and bacteriological quality.  Methodologies adopted for analysis were according to the IS methods.  The parameters thus analyzed were compared with IS 10500:2012. The details of water quality locations are presented in below Figures. The characteristic of Ground water and Surface water are presented in Table 3.14 and Table 3.15 respectively.

Table 3.13: Water Sampling Location

Code Names Geographical coordinates Distance(km) Direction  Surface Water SW-1 Sina River Khambewadi 18°25'53.62"N, 75°15'13.04"E 5.2 ENE Upstream SW-2 Sina River Khambewadi 18°25'39.11"N, 75°15'17.71"E 5.2 ENE downstream  Ground Water GW-1 Dakshinvadi Borewell 18°24'41.69"N, 75°13'45.31"E 1.12 NE GW-2 Karmala Borewell 18°23'45.14"N, 75°11'27.91"E 2.8 WSW GW-3 Deolali Borewell 18°22'25.10"N, 75°11'6.89"E 4.5 SW GW-4 Khambewadi Dugwell 18°25'22.60"N, 75°14'58.41"E 3.7 NE GW-5 Pande Borewell 18°22'30.68"N, 75°13'52.60"E 3 SE GW-6 Hevarvadi Handpump 18°25'59.44"N, 75°10'24.87"E 5.5 NW GW-7 Devecha Mal 18°24'20.56"N, 75°12'27.00"E 0.85 W GW-8 Karanje 18°24'21.65"N, 75°15'42.87"E 5 ENE

103

Figure 3.16: Surface water sampling location

104

Figure 3.17: Ground water sampling location

105

Surface water quality analysis report

The result of the surface water monitoring station is summarized in the below Table 3.14. Table 3.14: Results of surface water sampling

Sr.No. Parameters SW1 SW2 Unit IS:10500:2012 Chemical Potability 1. pH at 25 oC 7.32 7.53 - 6.50 to 8.50 2. Temperature 23 23 0C N.S. 3. Electrical Conductivity at 25oC 734 745 µS/cm N.S. 4. Turbidity <1 <1 NTU ≤ 1 5. Total Dissolved Solids 468 477 mg/l ≤ 500 6. Total Solids 472 480 mg/l N.S. 7. Acidity as CaCO3 <5 <5 mg/l N.S. 8. Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 194.25 131.25 mg/l ≤ 200 9. Total Hardness as CaCO3 183.96 181.94 mg/l ≤ 200 10. Calcium as Ca 52.62 51.00 mg/l ≤ 75 11. Magnesium as Mg 12.76 13.25 mg/l ≤ 30 12. Chloride as Cl- 34.25 77.3 mg/l ≤ 250 13. Sulphates as SO4 31.18 41.93 mg/l ≤ 200 14. Nitrate as NO3 3.63 3.85 mg/l ≤ 45 15. Ammonical Nitrogen as NH4-N <0.1 <0.1 mg/l N.S. 16. Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen as NH3- <1 <1 mg/l N.S. N 17. salinity 0.06 0.13 ppt N.S. 18. Fluoride as F <0.1 <0.1 mg/l ≤ 1.0 19. Total Phosphorous <1 <1 mg/l N.S. 20. Silica as SiO3 4.09 3.49 mg/l N.S. 21. Sodium as Na 25 31 mg/l N.S. 22. Potassium as K 3 5 mg/l N.S. 23. Hexavalent Chromium (as Cr6+) <0.02 <0.02 mg/l N.S. 24. Iron (as Fe) <0.05 <0.05 mg/l ≤ 0.3 25. Copper (as Cu) <0.04 <0.04 mg/l ≤ 0.05 26. Nickel <0.01 <0.01 mg/l ≤ 0.01 27. Zinc as Zn <0.05 <0.05 mg/l ≤ 5 28. Manganese <0.1 <0.1 mg/l ≤ 0.1 29. Chromium <0.03 <0.03 mg/l ≤ 0.05 30. Lead <0.01 <0.01 mg/l ≤ 0.01 31. cadmium <0.003 <0.003 mg/l ≤ 0.003 32. Phenol <0.001 <0.001 mg/l ≤ 0.001 33. Biochemical Oxygen Demand <1 <1 mg/l N,S 34. Chemical Oxygen Demand <5 <5 mg/l N,S 35. Dissolved Oxygen 6.2 5.8 mg/l N.S 36. Boron <0.5 <0.5 mg/l ≤ 0.5

106

BACTERIOLOGICAL POTABILITY 01 Total Coliforms 500 900 MPN./100 ml Absent 02 Fecal coliform 300 300 MPN./100 ml Absent

Inference A review of the above chemical analysis reveals that water from Krishna River not suitable for drinking purposes due to presence of MPN in the surface water samples collected. This is due domestic activity carried out near river bank. Domestic activity like washing of utensil, cloths, animal cleaning, human and animal excreta etc. are dumped in river water. Rest all the constituents are within the limits prescribed for drinking water standards promulgated by Indian Standards (10500: 2012). Ground water analysis results

The results of all nine ground water monitoring stations are summarized in the below Table 3.15.

Table 3.15: Results of ground water sampling

Characteristics GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8 IS 10500: 2012 pH at 25 oC 7.24 7.50 7.76 7.67 7.44 7.38 7.36 7.48 6.50 to 8.50 Temperature 23 23 23 23 23 23 26 26 N.S. Electrical 751 688 620 614.2 701.4 748 816 783 N.S. Conductivity at 25 oC Turbidity <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 ≤ 1 Total 481 440 410 384 448 494 477 464 ≤ 500 Dissolved Solids Total Solids 483 442 413 386 451 497 480 466 N.S. Total <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 N.S suspended Solids Acidity as <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 N.S. CaCO3 Total 126 105 178 136.5 115.5 157.5 164.8 131.84 ≤ 200 Alkalinity as CaCO3 Total 186.9 171.8 166.7 141.5 173.8 192.0 173.53 160.26 ≤ 200 Hardness as CaCO3 Calcium as Ca 48.57 48.5 40.4 36.43 51.81 44.52 52.32 45.78 ≤ 75 Magnesium 15.95 12.2 15.9 12.27 10.80 19.64 10.41 11.15 ≤ 30 as Mg 107

Chloride as Cl- 56.26 45 34.2 40.60 56.74 58.70 63.52 59.55 ≤ 250 Sulphates as 67.74 56.4 24.7 29.56 33.87 41.93 25.97 21.95 ≤ 200 SO4 Nitrate as 2.71 4.11 3.60 3.10 4.19 4.38 4.23 3.86 ≤ 45 NO3 Ammonical <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 N.S. Nitrogen as NH4-N Total Kjeldahl <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 N.S. Nitrogen as NH3-N salinity 0.10 0.081 0.061 0.073 0.10 0.10 0.11 0.10 N.S. Fluoride as F <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 ≤ 1.0 Total <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 N.S. Phosphorous Silica as SiO3 3.00 4.05 1.93 2.54 4.18 4.80 4.78 4..06 N.S. Sodium as Na 28 21 24 23 20 33 32 25 N.S. Potassium as 3 2 2 5 2 4 3 02 N.S. K Hexavalent <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 N.S. Chromium (as Cr6+) Iron (as Fe) <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 ≤ 0.3 Copper (as <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 ≤ 0.05 Cu) Nickel <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 ≤ 0.01 Zinc as Zn <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 ≤ 5 Manganese <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 ≤ 0.1 Chromium <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 ≤ 0.05 Lead <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 ≤ 0.01 Cadmium <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 ≤ 0.003 Phenol <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 ≤ 0.001 Total coliforms <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 Absent Fecal coliform <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 Absent

All values are in mg/l except pH, EC (µS/cm) and Biological

Inference

In ground water sample, electrical conductivity was highest at Devecha Mal (816 µS/cm) and minimum at Khambewadi (614.2 µS/cm). Total Alkalinity ranged from 105 mg/l to 178.0 mg/l. Maximum calcium level was found at Khambewadi (52.43 mg/l) and minimum at Devecha mal (36.43 mg/l). Total hardness ranged from 141.5 to 192.0 mg/l. Chloride was highest at 63.52 mg/l and minimum at 40.60 mg/l.

108

Presence of Total Coliforms and E coli indicate that Sina River water is not suitable for domestic purpose. It is domestic activity was observed in the river. Nutrient level present in the water favors growth of various phytoplankton, zooplanktons, and macrophytes.

3.12 Soil Environment

Sampling location & frequency

Soil samples were collected from eight different locations within the study area as shown in Table 3.16 and Fig 3.18 once in Dec 2018. Table 3.16: Soil sampling locations

Sampling Location Distance Direction Geographical coordinates Stations S1 Project Site soil _ _ 18°24'8.79"N, 75°13'13.30"E S2 Devicha Mal 0.85 W 18°24'16.45"N, 75°12'43.19"E S3 Dakshinvadi 1.12 NE 18°24'45.64"N, 75°13'40.23"E S4 Khambewadi 3.7 NE 18°25'30.11"N, 75°15'6.73"E S5 Hevarvadi 5.5 NW 18°26'12.63"N, 75°10'39.42"E S6 Pande 3 SE 18°22'46.73"N, 75°13'44.67"E S7 Karmala 2.8 WSW 18°24'5.22"N, 75°12'10.41"E S8 Devoli 4.5 SW 18°22'27.15"N, 75°10'59.96"E

109

Figure 3.18: Soil sampling location

110

Results

The results of all eight soil monitoring stations are summarized in the below Table 3.17. Table 3.17: Results of soil sampling

Characteristics Unit S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 Texture - Silt Clay Clay Silt Clay Clay Clay Clay Loam Loam Loam Loam Loam Loam Loam Loam Percentage of different components Sand % 20 26 33 32 31 33 24 24 Silt % 55 52 45 48 47 44 58 48 Clay % 25 22 22 20 22 23 18 28 Soil Moisture % 22.2 17.1 18.6 16.5 20.5 17.2 16.9 13.2 Bulk Density g/cm2 1.18 1.37 1.07 1.11 1.24 1.18 1.23 1.23 Water Holding % 41.8 44.5 43.5 42.1 47.2 42.4 42.4 47.2 Capacity pH -- 7.78 7.97 7.67 7.57 7.73 7.83 7.81 7.82 Conductivity µs/cm 412.2 643.2 479.4 502.7 479.8 510.2 516.2 667.3 Organic Carbon % 0.48 0.62 0.52 0.46 0.35 0.42 0.52 0.59 Calcium (as Ca) mg/kg 114.2 70.2 104.8 118.7 89.2 95.4 78.2 71.6 Magnesium (as mg/kg 38.1 38.9 41.2 44.8 38.6 42.3 36.3 37.4 Mg) Available kg/ha 147.2 136.4 155.8 155.8 164.2 155.2 148.2 140.1 Nitrogen Phosphorous kg/ha 10.7 20.2 14.9 17.1 20.1 18.1 15.8 17.2 Potassium (as K) kg/ha 245.2 220.2 222.8 268.4 198.58 180.4 255.8 204.8 Iron (as Fe) mg/kg 3.28 4.02 4.02 3.13 2.8 2.02 3.09 3.78 Zinc (as Zn) mg/kg 0.43 0.22 0.52 0.47 0.55 0.43 0.37 0.31 Copper (as Cu) mg/kg <0.04 0.42 0.23 0.18 0.22 0.29 0.28 0.24 Sodium mg/kg 45.2 33.2 42.8 40.5 39.7 35.1 38.7 32.8 Manganese (as mg/kg 0.38 0.18 0.27 0.32 0.24 0.32 0.21 0.27 Mn) Total Chromium mg/kg <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 Nickel (as Ni) mg/kg 0.83 0.32 0.56 0.47 0.32 0.28 0.22 0.21 Cadmium (Cd) mg/kg <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 Lead (as Pb) mg/kg <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 Sodium - 5.18 4.49 5.01 4.48 4.96 4.23 5.11 4.44 Adsorption Ratio

Inference

 The observations on soil characteristics are as under;  Soil pH is a value that refers to the acidity or alkalinity level in the soil. Values of pH range from 0 to 14. A pH value of 7.0 is neutral, pH less than 7.0 is acidic, and pH greater than 7.0 is

111

alkaline. Soil samples from agriculture land have pH values between 7.57 & 7.97. The pH values are indicating neutral to slightly alkaline in nature. Soil pH is important to plants because of its effect on nutrient availability and the toxicity of related elements or ions.  The electrical conductivity of soils varies depending on the amount of moisture held by soil particles. The conductivities of agricultural land ranged between 412.2 to 667.3 µmhos/cm. It affect crop productivity, including soil texture, cation exchange capacity (CEC), drainage conditions, organic matter level, salinity, and subsoil characteristics.

 The agriculture land have Organic Matter ranged between 0.35 to 0.62 %.

 The Available Nitrogen of agriculture land ranged between 136.4 to 164.2 kg/ha. Too much available N may lower yields and lessen crop quality. If soil N supply is greater than crop demand, excessive nitrate (NO3-) may enter ground or surface water. Nitrogen in the vegetation of field crops is approximately 2-3 percent of the dry matter weight.

 Phosphorus (P) is essential for plant growth. The Available Phosphorous of agriculture field ranged between 10.7 to 20.2 kg/ha.

 Potassium is an important plant nutrient for several reasons Potassium increases drought resistance of plants by regulating the gas exchange between the plant and the atmosphere.

 The available potassium of agriculture field ranged between 180.4 to 268.4 kg/ha.

3.13 Ecology Biodiversity Biodiversity play a key role in balancing the human-environment relations. Their plant species consumes solar radiation and carbon dioxide along with water and minerals and produces food and oxygen rich air for other components of ecosystem. They also accumulates the toxic air pollutants whereas animal population consumes organic waste. They are particularly valuable as repositories of many unique varieties of flora and fauna. Large-scale development projects alter the natural surroundings and hence impact on ecosystem and its components i.e. flora and fauna, is obvious. Before implementing such projects, it is vital to understand the baseline status of floral and faunal diversity. The baseline data helps to design project in such a way that any harmful impacts on the vegetation and fauna can be avoided. It also provides an insight to mitigate plans to reorganize adverse impact on the natural surroundings.

112

Objectives of Ecological Studies The study was undertaken with a view to understand the status of ecosystem along the following line  Review of secondary literature available for determining historical trends and presence of wild animals and birds  To assess nature and distribution of the vegetation in the area  Preparation of checklist of flora and fauna.  Listing of Trees, shrubs, climbers and herbs and other existing habit forms.  To identify the rare and endangered species in the project area, if any  To determine ecologically sensitive areas like national parks or wildlife sanctuaries  To assess the macrophysics along the water bodies  Generation of primary data to understand baseline ecological status of floral and faunal elements and sensitive habitats.  Importance and status of plants and animals  Identification of ecological sampling sites of the study area.  Existing status of flora and fauna Study area The general topography of the study area is gradually undulating to flat. The soils are medium to deep black and grey. Almost all study represents a scrubland. This area is represented by Acacia nilotica, Acacia leucophloea, Azadirachta indica and Cassia auriculata, which forms the scrub land. The ecological studies were conducted to understand terrestrial ecosystems around the existing factory premises.

Biogeographic setting According to revised forest types (Champion and Seth, 1968) the study area has been classified as Southern Tropical Thorn and Scrub Forests (Group 6 subgroup 6A/C1/DS1). According to Rodgers & Panwar (1988) biogeographic classification the regions falls in what is known as Deccan biogeographic zone (6) and Deccan Plateau South (6A) biotic province. These areas are characterized by, very sparse dry thorn vegetation and scrublands. The area is representative of dry scrubland in the region.

113

Criteria for sampling site selection  While selecting the areas for detailed studies on terrestrial ecology following considerations were made  Location of the proposed activity.  Different landscapes and land use patterns  Natural vegetation  Agro-ecosystems and surrounding areas  Water bodies – River, lakes, canals, ponds etc.  Topography and Geology  Guidelines from Ministry of Environment and Forest, Government of India Based on the above parameters sampling sites were selected and sampling was carried out from different locations randomly.

Methodology  Site visit to study the floral and faunal communities within the study area.  The methodology adopted for faunal survey involves random survey, diurnal bird observation, active search for reptiles and review of previous studies.  Visual assessment of the diversity pattern of the floral species.  Observation for endemic species, threatened species, if any present in the study area.  References used to identify the representative spectrum of threatened species, population and ecological communities listed by Indian wild Life Protection Act, 1972, ENVIS Database, IUCN Database, Red Data Book. The status of individual species was assessed using the revised IUCN/SSC category system.  Field reference book namely Common Indian Wild Flower by Issac Kehimkar, Flowers and Further Flowers of Sahyadri by Shrikant Ingalhalikar and Birds of Indian Subcontinent by Richard Grimmett are used for the identification of flora and birds. Observations and Results  The topography and relief of the area is southwestward. The study area best represents as arid or semi-arid region. The vegetation was very sparse consisting mainly stunted and thorny shrubs, trees and herbs capable of drought resistance. Trees were few and

114

scattered. The vegetation can be described as scrubland and almost xerophytic in nature. The existing area has represented mostly open agriculture land.

3.13.1 Vegetation study The most dominant genera were Cassia, Ficus and Euphorbia followed by Acacia and jatropha species. The most dominant family was Euphorbiaceae followed by family Caesalpiniaceae.

Herbaceous Flora of the area The herbaceous vegetation was surveyed by random walk through the agriculture and pasturelands as well as by quadrate method. The abundant herb species includes Alternanthera sessilis, Acalypha indica, Synandrella, Cassia uniflora, Heliotropium, Parthenium, Peristrophe, Ageratum sp., Euphorbia sp., etc. The herbaceous flora is enumerated in Table 3.18, as below.

Table 3.18: List of herbaceous species

Sr. No. Species Name Commom name Family Status 1. Achranthes aspera Aghada Acanthaceae Native 2. Crossandra infundibuliformis Aboli Acanthaceae Native 3. Cyperus rotundus Barik Motha Cyperaceae Native 4. Pathenium Hysterophorus Congress Gavat Asteraceae 5. Cynadon dactylon Dhurva Poaceae Native 6. Euphorbia hirta Dudhi Euphorbiaceae Native 7. Tridax procumbens Ekdandi Asteraceae Native 8. Argemone mexicana Firangi Dhotra Papavaraceae Exotic 9. Digeria arvensis Getan Amaranthaceae Native 10. Apluda mutica Ghagara Euphorbiaceae Native 11. Xanthium indicum Ghagara Asteraceae Native 12. Alternanthera sessilis Kanchari Amaranthaceae Native 13. Commelina forskii Kanpet Commelinaceae Native 14. Echinops echinatus Kate-Chendu Asteraceae 15. Amaranthus spinosus Katemath 16. Celosia argentea Kurdu Amaranthaceae 17. Aristida stocksii Kusali Euphorbiaceae Native 18. Boerhavia diffusa Punarnava 19. Emilia sonchifolia Sadamandee Asteraceae 20. Tribulus terrestris Sarata Zygophyllaceae 21. Cassia tora Takala Caesalpiniaceae Native 22. Tephrosia purpuea Unhali Fabaceae

115

Table 3.19: List of plant species found in the study area

# Scientific Name Habit Family Native/ Local Name Exotic 1. Justicia adhatoda L. Shrub Acanthaceae Native Adulsa 2. Ehretia laevis Roxb. Tree Boraginaceae Native Ajan 3. Colocasia esculenta (L.) Schott Herb Araceae Native Alu 4. Mangifera indica Tree Anacardiaceae Native Amba 5. Alangium salvifolium (L.f.) Wangerin Tree Alangiaceae Native Ankul 6. Bauhinia racemosa Lam. Tree Caesalpiniaceae Native Apta 7. Clerodendrum multiflorum Shrub Verbenaceae Native Arni (Burm.f.) O.Ktze. 8. Bridelia retusa (L.) Spreng. Tree Euphorbiaceae Native Asana 9. Polyalthia longifolia (Sonn.) Thw. Tree Annonaceae Exotic Ashok 10. Ausrtalian Acacia auriculiformis Tree Mimosaceae Exotic Babhul 11. Emblica officinalis Gaertn. Tree Euphorbiaceae Native Avala 12. Cassia fistula L. Tree Caesalpiniaceae Native Bahava 13. Mimusops elengi Tree Sapotaceae Native Bakul 14. Bambusa arundinacea (Retz.) Willd. Shrub Poaceae Native Bamboo 15. Dendrophthoe falcata (L.f.) Etting Shrub Loranthaceae Native Bandgul 16. Morinda citrifolia L. Tree Rubiaceae Native Bartondi 17. Aegle marmelos (L.) Corr. Tree Rutaceae Native Belphal 18. Ipomoea carnea Jacq. Shrub Convolvulaceae Exotic Besharam 19. Cordia dichotoma Forst.f. Tree Bixaceae Native Bhokar 20. Lepidagathis cristata Willd. Herb Acanthaceae Native Bhuigend 21. Arachis hypogoea L. Herb Fabaceae Cult. Bhuimug 22. Bougainvillea glabra Choisy Climber Nyctaginaceae Exotic Boganvel 23. Bougainvillea spectabilis Willd. Climber Nyctaginaceae Exotic Boganvel 24. Lagascea mollis Cav. Herb Asteraceae Native Bondala 25. Ziziphus jujuba Mill. Tree Rhamnaceae Native Bor 26. Callistemon citrinus (Curtis) Skeels Tree Myrtaceae Exotic Bottlebrush 27. Roystonia regia Tree Arecaceae Exotic Bottle-palm 28. Centella asiatica (L.) Urban Herb Apiaceae Native Brahmi 29. Chenopodium album L. Herb Chenopodiaceae Native Chakvat 30. Jatropha curcas L. Shrub Euphorbiaceae Native Chandra-jyoti 31. Convolvulus arvensis L. Climber Convolvulaceae Native Chandvel 32. Tamarindus indica L. Tree Caesalpiniaceae Native Chinch 33. Mukia maderaspatana (L.) Roem. Climber Cucurbitaceae Native Chirati 34. Alternanthera sessilis (L.) R. Br. ex DC Herb Amaranthaceae Native Chubukata 35. Anogeissus latifolia Tree Combretaceae Native Dhavda 36. Datura inoxia Mill. Herb Solanaceae Native Dhotra 37. Datura stramonium L. Herb Solanaceae Native Dhotra 38. Cestrum diurinum L. Shrub Solanaceae Native Din-ka-raja 39. Leonotis nepetiifolia (L.) R.Br. Herb Lamiaceae Native Dipmal

116

# Scientific Name Habit Family Native/ Local Name Exotic 40. Euphorbia geniculata Orteg. Herb Euphorbiaceae Native Dudhali 41. Brassica oleracea var. botrytis L. Herb Brassicaceae Cult. Ful-kobi 42. Cymbopogon citrates (DC) Stapf. Herb Poaceae Native Gavatichaha 43. Argyreia sericea Dalz. & Gibs. Climber Convolvulaceae Native Gavel 44. Lantana camara L.var. aculeata (L.) Shrub Verbenaceae Exotic Ghaneri 45. Agave americana L. var. americana Shrub Agavaceae Native Ghaypat 46. Agave angustifolia Haw. Shrub Agavaceae Native Ghaypat 47. Lavandula bipinnata Herb Lamiaceae Native Ghodeghui 48. Portulaca oleracea L. Herb Portulacaceae Native Ghol 49. Euphorbia hirta L. Herb Euphorbiaceae Native Gondhan 50. Chloris barbata Swartz. Herb Poaceae Native Goshya 51. Rosa indica L. Shrub Rosaceae Native Gulab 52. Delonix regia (Boj. ex Hook.) Raf. Tree Caesalpiniaceae Exotic Gulmohor 53. Clerodendrum philippinum Shrub Verbenaceae Exotic Hajari-mogra 54. Asclepias curassavica L. Shrub Asclepiadaceae Native Halad-kunku 55. Cicer arietinum L. Herb Fabaceae Cult. Harbara 56. Balanites aegyptiaca (L.) Tree Balanitaceae Native Hinganbet 57. Acacia leucophloea (Roxb.) Willd. Tree Mimosaceae Native Hivar 58. Acacia tortilis Hayne Tree Mimosaceae Exotic Israeli-babhul 59. Jasminum auriculatum Vahl. Shrub Oleaceae Native Jai 60. Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels Tree Myrtaceae Native Jambhul 61. Jatropha glandulifera Roxb. Shrub Euphorbiaceae Native Jangli-erand 62. Hibiscus rosa-sinensis Shrub Malvaceae Native Jasvand 63. Mitragyna parviflora Tree Rubiaceae Native Kadam 64. Murraya koenigii (L.) Spr. Shrub Rutaceae Native Kadhi-patta 65. Curculigo orchioides Gaertn. Herb Hypoxidaceae Native Kajuri 66. Bauhinia purpurea L. Tree Caesalpiniaceae Native Kanchan 67. Bauhinia variegata L. Tree Caesalpiniaceae Native Kanchan 68. Solanum nigrum L. Herb Solanaceae Native Kangani 69. Nerium indicum Mill. Shrub Apocynaceae Native Kanher 70. Albizia amara (Roxb.) Boiv. Tree Mimosaceae Native Kansar 71. Aerva lanata (L.) Juss. Herb Amaranthaceae Native Kapuri-Madhuri 72. Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre. Tree Fabaceae Native Karanj 73. Carthamus tinctorius L. Herb Asteraceae Native Kardai 74. Canna indica L. Shrub Cannaceae Cult. Kardal 75. Cassia siamea Lam. Tree Caesalpiniaceae Exotic Kashid 76. Amaranthus spinosus L. Herb Amaranthaceae Native Katemath 77. Bombax ceiba L. Tree Bombacaceae Native Katesavar 78. Acacia catechu (L.f.) Willd. Var. sundra Tree Mimosaceae Native Kath 79. Limonia acidissima L. Tree Rutaceae Native Kavath 80. Commelina benghalensis L. Herb Commelinaceae Native Kena 81. Commelina erecta L. Herb Commelinaceae Native Kena

117

# Scientific Name Habit Family Native/ Local Name Exotic 82. Commelina forsskalaei Vahl. Herb Commelinaceae Native Kenpat 83. Commelina hasskarlii Herb Commelinaceae Native Kenpat 84. Acalypha indica L. Herb Euphorbiaceae Native Khokli 85. Aristolochia bracteata Lam. Climber Aristolochiaceae Native Kidamar 86. Brassica oleracea var. capitata L. Herb Brassicaceae Cult. Kobi 87. Barleria prionitis L. Herb Acanthaceae Native Koranti 88. Aloe vera (L.) Burm. Shrub Liliaceae Native Korphad 89. Coriandrum sativum L. Herb Apiaceae Cult. Kothambir 90. Clerodendrum inerme (L.) . Shrub Verbenaceae Native Koynel 91. Chlorophytum tuberosum Herb Liliaceae Native Kuli 92. Murraya paniculata (L.) Jack. Shrub Rutaceae Native Kunti 93. Celosia argentea L. Herb Amaranthaceae Native Kurdu 94. Mimosa pudica L. Herb Mimosaceae Native Lajalu 95. Andropogon pumilus Roxb. Herb Poaceae Native Lalgawat 96. Kyllinga tenuifolia Steud. Herb Cyperaceae Native Lavali 97. Crinum asiaticum L. Herb Amaryllidaceae Cult. Lily 98. Citrus limon (L.) Burm. f. Shrub Rutaceae Native Limbu 99. Combretum albidum G. Don Climber Combretaceae Native Madvel 100. Ailanthus excelsa Roxb. Tree Simaroubaceae Native Maharukh 101. Eclipta prostrata (L.) L. Mant. Herb Asteraceae Native Maka 102. Calotropis gigantea (L.) Ait. Shrub Asclepiadaceae Native Mandar 103. Acacia mangium Willd. Tree Mimosaceae Exotic Mangium 104. Iphigenia indica (L.) A. Gray Herb Liliaceae Native Markalai 105. Dichanthium foveolatum Herb Poaceae Native Marvel 106. Lens culinaris Medik. Herb Fabaceae Cult. Masur 107. Amaranthus viridis L. Herb Amaranthaceae Native Math 108. Dolichandrone falcata Tree Bignoniaceae Native Medsing 109. Sonchus asper (L.) Hill. Herb Asteraceae Native Mhatara 110. Capsicum annuum L. Herb Solanaceae Cult. Mirchi 111. Jatropha gossipifolia L. Shrub Euphorbiaceae Native Mogli-erand 112. Jasminum sambac (L.) Ait. Shrub Oleaceae Native Mogra 113. Brassica juncea (L.) Czern. & Coss. Herb Brassicaceae Cult. Mohari 114. Abutilon indicum (L.) Shrub Tiliaceae Native Mudra 115. Iseilema laxum Hack. Herb Poaceae Native Mus 116. Cyperus rotundus L. Herb Cyperaceae Native Nagarmotha 117. Cocos nucifera L. Tree Arecaceae Native Naral 118. Adiantum sp. Herb Adiantaceae Native Neche 119. Azadirachta indica A. Tree Meliaceae Native Neem 120. Eucalyptus globulus Labill. Tree Myrtaceae Exotic Nilgiri 121. Jacaranda acutifolia Humb. & Bopl. Tree Bignoniaceae Exotic Nilmohor 122. Bacopa monnieri (L.) Herb Scrophulariaceae Native Nir-bramhi 123. Opuntia elatior Mill.Gard. Shrub Cactaceae Native Nivdung 124. Butea monosperma (Lam.) Taub. Tree Fabaceae Native Palas 118

# Scientific Name Habit Family Native/ Local Name Exotic 125. Typha angustifolia L. Herb Typhaceae Native Pan-kanis 126. Kalanchoe pinnata (Lam.) Shrub Crassulaceae Native Panphuti 127. Carica papaya L. Shrub Caricaceae Native Papai 128. Lactuca remotiflora DC Herb Asteraceae Native Pathari 129. Launaea procumbens (Roxb.) Herb Asteraceae Native Pathurli Ramayya & Rajagopal 130. Artocarpus heterophyllus Lam. Tree Moraceae Native Phanas 131. Ficus religiosa L. Tree Moraceae Native Pimpal 132. Argemone mexicana L. Herb Papavaraceae Exotic Pivla-dhotra 133. Thevetia nerrifolia Shrub Apocynaceae Exotic Pivla-kanher 134. Mentha arvensis L. Herb Lamiaceae Cult. Pudina 135. Boerhavia erecta L. Herb Nyctaginaceae Native Punarnava 136. Boerhavia repens L. var. diffusa (L.) Herb Nyctaginaceae Native Punarnava 137. Boerhavi a repens L. Herb Nyctaginaceae Native Punarnava 138. Amaranthus cruentus L. Herb Amaranthaceae Native Rajgira 139. Acacia nilotica Tree Mimosaceae Native Ramkathi 140. Annona reticulata L. Tree Annonaceae Native Ramphal 141. Asphodelus tenuifolius Cavan. Herb Liliaceae Native Rankanda 142. Cestrum nocturnum L. Shrub Solanaceae Native Ratrani 143. Sapindus laurifolius Vahl. Tree Sapindaceae Native Ritha 144. Calotropis procera(Ait.) R.Br. Shrub Asclepiadaceae Native Rui 145. Euphorbia ligularia Roxb. Shrub Euphorbiaceae Native Sabar 146. Emilia sonchifolia (L.) DC Herb Asteraceae Native Sadamandi 147. Catharanthus roseus (L.) Shrub Apocynaceae Native Sadaphuli 148. Caesalpinia bonduc (L.) Roxb. Tree Caesalpiniaceae Exotic Sagargota 149. Tectona grandis L.f. Tree Verbenaceae Native Sagwan 150. Ve rnonia cinerea (L.) Less. Herb Asteraceae Native Sahadevi 151. Alstonia scholaris (L.) R.Br. Tree Apocynaceae Native Satvin 152. Caesalpinia pulcherrima Shrub Caesalpiniaceae Exotic Shankasur 153. Azolla pinnata Herb Azollaceae Native Sheval 154. Hydrilla verticillata (L.f.) Royle Herb Hydrocharitaceae Native Sheval 155. Chrysanthemum indicum L. Herb Asteraceae Native Shevanti 156. Moringa oleifera Lam. Tree Moringaceae Native Shevga 157. Alysicarpus pubescens Law. Herb Fabaceae Native Shevra 158. Acanthospermum hispidum Herb Asteraceae Native Shingada 159. Albizia lebbeck (L.) Bth. Var. lebbeck Tree Mimosaceae Native Shirish 160. Albizia procera (Roxb.) Bth. Tree Mimosaceae Native Shirish 161. Dalbergia latifolia Roxb. Tree Fabaceae Native Shisvi 162. Dichrostachys cinerea Shrub Mimosaceae Native Sigam-Kati 163. Annona squamosa L. Shrub Annonaceae Native Sitaphal 164. Michelia champaca L. Tree Magnoliaceae Cult. Son-chapha 165. Leucaena latisiliqua (L.) Gillis Tree Mimosaceae Exotic Subabhul 166. Casuarina equisetifolia L. Tree Casuarinaceae Exotic Suru 119

# Scientific Name Habit Family Native/ Local Name Exotic 167. Cassia tora L. Herb Caesalpiniaceae Native Takla 168. Hygrophila schulli Herb Acanthaceae Native Talimkhana 169. Lagerstroemia indica L. Tree Lythraceae Native Taman 170. Amaranthus tricolor L. Herb Amaranthaceae Native Tandulja 171. Cassia auriculata L. Shrub Caesalpiniaceae Native Tarvad 172. Impatiens balsamina L. Shrub Balsaminaceae Exotic Terda 173. Cleome gynandra L. Herb Capparaceae Native Tilvan 174. Lycopersicon lycopercicum (L.) Karsten. Herb Solanaceae Cult. Tomato 175. Ocimum tenuiflorum L. Shrub Lamiaceae Native Tulas 176. Cajanus cajan (L.) Millsp. Shrub Fabaceae Cult. Tur 177. Morus alba L. Tree Moraceae Native Tuti 178. Ficus racemosa L. Tree Moraceae Native Umbar 179. Echinops echinatus Roxb. Herb Asteraceae Native Utanti 180. Acacia nilotica ssp. astringens (Schum. Tree Mimosaceae Native Vedi-babhul & Thonn.) Roberty 181. Dendrocalamus strictus(Roxb.) Shrub Poaceae Native Velu 182. Melia azedarach L. Tree Meliaceae Exotic Vilayati neem 183. Ficus benghalensis L. Tree Moraceae Native Wad 184. Holoptelea integrifolia (Roxb.) Planch. Tree Ulmaceae Native Wavli

Aquatic Ecology of Sina River

Objective of aquatic ecological study may be outlined as follows:  To characterize water bodies like fresh waters;  To understand their present biological status;  To characterize water bodies with the help of biota;  To understand the impact of proposed industrial and urbanization activities; and  To suggest recommendations to counter adverse impacts, if any on the ecosystem. Phytoplankton Species Observed are Bacillariophyceae Cynophyceae Chlorophyceae Diatoma sp. Oscillatoria sp. Closterium sp. Fragillaria sp. - Senedesmus sp. Navicula sp. - Microspora sp. Synedra sp. - - Tabillaria sp. - - Plearosigma sp. - - Stauroneis sp. - -

120

Table 3.20: List of aquatic weeds found in the study area

Sr No. Scientific Name 1 Eichhornia crassipes 2 Ipomoea aquatica 3 Lemna polyrrhiza 4 Limnophylla heterophylla 5 Marsilea quadrifolia 6 Nymphaea stellata var. rubra 7 Pistia sp 8 Chara sp. 9 Nitella

3.13.2 Faunal Studies Faunal studies were restricted to major groups such as reptiles, birds, and mammals. For preparation of the checklist of fauna of the project area, direct sightings during various baseline studies, discussion with local communities regarding presence or absence of species and literature studies were taken into consideration. The areas reported for the presence of the species were visited during the day as well as night. Apart from the direct sightings of the animals during visits, indirect signs such as dry skin, pugmarks, calls, and droppings were also considered as an indicator for the presence of the species. Field reference book namely ‘Birds of Indian Subcontinent’ by Richard Grimmett. Animals and birds in the study area were documented using following means:  Secondary sources and published literature  By interviewing local people  Actual sighting  Indirect evidence (pallets, dung, droppings, scat, mould, marking on the stems etc.)  Calls (birds as well as animals)  Nesting (birds, burrows for small mammals) The records for the birds, mammals and other faunal groups were made at the same site where vegetation sampling was carried out. The mammalian species recorded are listed in the following Table 3.22.

Table 3.21: List of Mammals

Zoological Name Common Name Local Name Schedule Funambulus pennati Five Striped palm squirrel Khar IV 121

Herpestes edwerdsi Common / Indian Mongoose Mungoose IV Macaca radiata Bonnet monkey Makad II Mus booduga Indian Field Mouse Undir V Mus musculus House mouse Undir V Presbytis entellus Common languor Wanar II Rattus rattus Common House rat Undir V Rousettus spp. Bat Vatwaghul V Suncus murinus House Shrew Chichundri V

Reptiles The reptiles have a prominent role in the ecological balance and conservation of nature. Due to thoughtless destruction of biotypes by man for his own uses, a large number of reptiles have become endangered today. The reptiles of arid zones exhibit poor diversity. The reptiles include turtles, lizards, amphibians, and snakes. Some of the reptiles recorded during field visit are listed in the Table 3.22 below

Table 3.22: List of Reptiles

Sr.No. Common Name Scientific Name A. Amphibians 1 Common frog Rana tigrina 2 Toad Bufo melanostictus B. Reptiles 1 Garden lizard Calotes versicolor 2 Wall lizard Hemidactylus brooki 4 Monitor lizard Varanus benghalensis

Table 3.23: List Butterflies

Butterfly 1 Common Grass Yellow Eurema hecabe 2 Common Indian Crow Euploea core 3 Red Pierrot Talicada nyseus 4 Blue Mormon Papilio polymnestor 5 Blue Pansy junonia orithya 6 Chocolate Pansy Junonia iphita 7 Common Evening Brown Melanitis leda Dragon flies and Damselflies 1 Senegal Golden Dartlet Ischnura senegalensis 2 Yellow Bush Dart Copera marginipus 122

3 Ditch Jewel Brachythemis contaminata 4 Crimson Marsh Glider Trithemis aurora 5 Long legged Marsh Skimmer Trithemis Pallidinerries

Table 3.24: Ave species found in the study area

Sr. No. Common Name Scientific Name 1. Domestic sparrow Passer domesticus LC 2. Plam swift Cypsiurus parvus LC 3. Grey wagtail Motacilla caspica LC 4. Common babbler Turdoides candatus LC 5. Small blue king fisher Alcedo atthis LC 6. Pied bush chat Saxicola caprata LC 7. Red vented bulbul Pycnonotus cafer LC 8. Grey warbler Gerygone igata LC 9. Indian white-eyes Zosterops palpebrosus LC 10. Red-whiskered bulbul Pycnonotus jocosus LC 11. Indian Roller Coracias benghalensis LC 12. Painted Partridge Francolinus pictus LC 13. Black Kite Milvasmigrans NA 14. Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis NA 15. Indian robin Saricoloides fulicata NA 16. Little cormorant Phalacrocoras niger NA 17. Jungle crow Corrus macrorhynehw NA 18. Darter Anhinga Melanigaster NA 19. Pond heron Ardeola gragisi NA 20. River turn Sterna auranta NA 21. Cotton teal Etapus coromandelisanus NA 22. Kingfisher Halcyon Pisteata NA 23. Grey heron Ardea cinerca NA 24. Purple sunbird Nectarinia asiatica Least Concern 25. Baya Weaver Ploceus philippinus Least Concern 26. Blue rock pigeon Columba livia Least Concern 27. Myna Acridotheres tristis N.A. 28. Indian Grey hornbill Ocyceros birostris Least Concern 29. Brahmini Kite Haliasture Indus N.A. 30. Crow Corvus Splendens Least Concern 31. Pond Heron Ardeola Grayii Least Concern 32. White breasted water hen Amaurnis Phoenicurus N.A. 33. Red Vent Bulbul Pycnonotus sps. N.A. 34. Red whispered Bulbul P.Jocosus N.A. 35. Magpie Robin Copsychus saularis Least Concern 36. Tailor Bird Ortomus Sutorius N.A. 37. Purple Sun Bird Nectarina Asiatica N.A. 38. Little Green Bee Eater Merops Orientalis Least Concern 39. Rose ringed parakeet Psittacula Krameri Least Concern 40. Barn Owl Halcyon chloris Least Concern

123

41. Kingfisher Alcedo atthis Least Concern 42. Lark Alaudidae Least Concern 43. Coppersmith barbet Megalaima haemacephala Least Concern 44. Green bee-eater Merops orientalis Least Concern 45. Pied bush chat Saxicola caprata Least Concern 46. Black drongo Dicrus adsimilis NA 47. Common swallow Hirando rustica NA 48. Koel Eudynamys scolopacea Least Concern 49. Large Indian parakeet Psiltacula eupatria NA 50. Shrike Disambiguation NA 51. Hoopoe Upupa epops Least Concern 52. Crow pheasant Centropus cinensis NA

3.13.3 Cropping Pattern Low & erratic rainfall, poor soil with low organic matter and poor moisture holding capacity are constraints lending low yield of crops. Sugarcane, Sunflower, Wheat & summer Groundnut are the major irrigated crops grown in the district. Rabi Jawar, Bajra and Wheat are major cereals, among different pulses Tur in kharif and Bengalgram in rabi were grown extensively. While rabi Jowar, Safflower, Gram are main rainfed rabi crops grown generally medium deep and deep soils. The area under fruit & vegetable crops under irrigated condition is increasing speedily under fruit crops Ber, Pomegranate & Grape has occupied major area, while few hectarage is under Mango, K.lime & Sapota and these fruits of the district have captured the national as well as international market common vegetables under irrigated are Onion, Chilli, Brinjal, Tomato, Okra, Bitter gourd, Cucumber & leafy vegetables. A little area is under flowers & are mainly Merigold, Chrysanthemum, Tuberose and Rose. Conclusion The plant life in an area seems to be fairly disturbed and do not show any integrity. The major conclusions are as follows. 1. The conserved areas were not present within the range of the site and there were no National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary/Reserve within the 10 km radius of the study area. 2. The survey also illustrates that as per IUCN threatened list, there are no threatened plant species on the proposed site. 3. Major factors responsible for disturbance were anthropogenic activities.

124

4. Among trees Acacia nilotica, Acacia leucophloea, Azadirachta indica, Capparis deciduas, and Albizzia procera were the common and dominant. 5. The Cassia auriculata, Calotropis procera and Lantana camara were most common among the shrubs. 6. There was predominance of Herbs followed by shrubs and trees. 7. Among birds majority of species are unformely distributed throughout India.

3.14 Socio-economic Environment Baseline information is collected to define the socio-economic profile of the study area. Baseline data generated includes: 1. Demographic structure 2. Infrastructure Resources base in the study area 3. Economic attributes 4. Health status 5. Awareness and opinion of the people about the project The data is generated using secondary sources viz Census Records, District Statistical Abstract, Primary Health Centers etc. In order to study the socio-economic aspects of the communities living in and around proposed project, the required data has been collected from the publications of Census Department, (2011 Census) Government of India.

The salient observations recorded during survey in the study area:

 Majority of the respondents are engaged in Cultivation activity while near about 60% of the population are engaged in agricultural and its allied activities. The main crop grown in the study area is Sugar cane, Rice, Jawar, Ground nut etc.  Sanitation facilities are unsatisfactory in the study area. There are open drains from where the domestic waste water is disposed. People are not at all aware and careful about hygiene and cleanliness, this has resulted to increase of health problems in the area  Power supply facility is available in almost villages and town in the study area mostly for domestic purpose

125

 Drinking water sources is mostly from wells and hand pump. As regard to the drinking water facility  Medical facilities in terms of primary health center and primary health sub centers in the rural areas are good. The hospitals are available, have very good facilities. Doctors and nurse visit the villages for providing medical treatment.  Transportation facility is seen quite satisfactory in the study area because the road conditions are very good and satisfactory.  Almost all the people use Kerosene, LPG as a main source of fuel and few people use wood for cooking purpose  Sufficient communication facility are available in the study area  Educational facilities are available in the form of primary and middle schools. In some villages, it is extended up to high school. For higher studies people avail the facility from the nearest town  Houses of the region are mostly puccha house  Awareness among the people regarding the study region project is poor

Infrastructure Resource Base The infrastructure resources base of the villages coming within the study area with reference to education, medical facility, water supply, post and telegraph, transportation and communication facility and power supply etc. Educational Facility Villages in the study area are mostly having educational facilities in the form of primary, middle, secondary schools and colleges. Higher education is available at Solapur Taluka and Solapur District level. Medical facility Medical institutions in rural parts of the region are inadequate, as per the data recorded in the statistical handbook of 2011. At Karmala primary health Centers/Government hospitals are available to provide primary health services to the people. Drinking Water Facility All the villages in the region are having drinking water facility in the form of hand pumps dug, wells and tube wells and water tanks.

126

Communication Facility Most of the villages in the study area having communication facilities in the form of post office, post and telegraph and telephone connections. Transportation Facility The facility is available in the form of bus and railway network in the region. Transportation facility in the region is good; people have to travel at long distance to access railway facility. Economic Activity The main economic base of the villages falling within the study area is agriculture. The main cropgrown in the district is mainly sugarcane and other crops are wheat Bajara, Jawor, cotton, etc. Health Status Health of the people is not only a desirable goal, but it is also an essential investment in human resources. As per the National Health Policy (1983), primary Health Care has been accepted as main instrument for achieving this goal of development and strengthening rural health infrastructure through a three-tier system, viz., Primary Health Center (PHCs), Subentries and Community Health Center, which has to be established. During the study health problems were observed which could be attributed to improper sanitation, lack of health awareness among the people and lack of health related infrastructure facilities. People are not having sense of hygiene and sanitation and are not responsible for cleanliness near the drinking water source.

General prevailing diseases in the region are Gastroenteritis, diarrhea, hypertension, Fever and Malaria. Cough, cold, viral fever etc., area the common diseases prevalent in the study area. Every Primary health centre organizes immunization camp, pulse polio camp, eye camp, ANC and PNC clinic and respiratory clinic.

Cultural and aesthetic attributes

All most all villages have temples in their villages. All people celebrate all Hindu festival commonly few villages celebrate grand yatra and puja in their villages. Villagers celebrate Ganesh chaturthi, Shiv Jayanti, Hanuman Jayanti and Gram Dev puja. Proposed project don’t disturb any cultural and aesthetic environment in study area.

127

3.14.1. Demographic Structure The data on the demographic structure of the study area were collected from censes records of Solapur District. There are 31 villages in the study area including Karmala Tahsil. The demographic profile of the study area including no. household, total population, and population structure viz scheduled Caste population and number of literates & illiterates, are discussed below. The salient features arising out of demographic details such as number of persons (i.e. Male & Female), sex ratio, is presented in below table. The demographic details have been abstracted from Primary Census Abstract - 2011 (CD) of Maharashtra. The salient features of the study area are as follows:  Study area includes 28 villages from Karmala Tahsil  Total population of villages under the study area is 61641  Sex ratio (No. of females per 1000 males) is which indicates that females are less in number than their male counterpart in the study are.  The overall literacy rate in the study area is 75%.

Observations:-  Average House hold size: - The study area had an average family size of 5.4 persons per house hold.  Population Density: - The density of population in the study area works out to about145 persons per km2.  Sex Ratio: - The configuration of male and female indicates that the male constitute to about 51.23% and 48.76% females to the total population. The sex ratio i.e. the number of female per 1000 males indirectly reveals certain sociological aspects in relation with female birth, infant mortality among female children and single person family structure, a resultant of migration of industrial workers. The study area on an average has 925 females per 1000 males.  Literacy: - To know development in a society, Literacy is proper indicator of Social and economic development. The literacy rate found 75.0% of total population in the study area.  SC and ST Population – SC and ST Population observed as 15.5% and 1.58% respectively of total population in the study area, indicating that about 17.12% of the population in the study area belongs to socially weaker sections.

128

 Occupational Structure- The occupational structure of residents in the study area is studied with reference to main workers, marginal workers and non-marginal workers. Workers (Main & Marginal) observed 46.71% of the total population in the study area and Non Workers (include students, house wives, and children above 6 years also) 53.30%. It concluded that the number of non-workers in this area is greater than that of workers. They will be benefited by getting opportunity of employment through this proposed project.

Table 3.25: Socio Economic data of study area compared with Solapur District and Maharashtra Sr. Particular Study Area (Influential Solapur Maharashtra No. zone of 10 km radius) District 1 Population (Nos.) 61641 4,317,756 112,374,333. 2 Male (%) 51.23 51.82 51.82 3 Female (%) 48.76 48.17 48.17 4 Population Density (Nos.) 145 290 365 5 Sex Ratio (Females per 1000 males) 925 938 929 4 Literacy (%) 62.10 77.02 82.30 5 SC (%) 15.54 15.04 11.81 6 ST (%) 1.58 1.78 9.35

Table 3.26: Village’s wise demography at a glance within 10 km study area No of Population Scheduled Scheduled Literate Name Sr. No. Household Total Male Female Caste Tribe % 1. Karmala 4,702 23,199 11,905 11,294 464 0 86.96 2. Dhykhindi 167 958 487 471 45 0 75.18% 3. Pande 615 2738 1421 1317 669 19 73.50% 4. Mahishvadi 302 1510 770 740 41 5 68.0 % 5. Arjunnagar 286 1371 692 679 92 20 70.51% 6. Bhalewadi 192 1,094 572 522 62 13 70.40% 7. Aleshwar 210 975 495 480 21 0 62.2% 8. Shelgaon Kadvali 181 975 500 475 18 0 68.5% 9. Fisre 281 1374 742 632 142 8 79.51% 10. Saunde 311 1346 723 623 127 13 68.30% 11. Gulsadi 502 2227 1172 1055 339 4 68.64% 12. Khadkewadi 178 876 444 432 22 14 66.07% 13. Deolali 703 3629 1884 1745 408 88 70.90% 14. Posivad 162 845 428 417 12 0 15. Pimpalwadi 212 942 162 780 162 9 72.43% 16. Bhose 197 936 485 451 156 8 76.14% 17. Vadgaon 281 1330 681 649 206 0 74.69% 18. Mangi 415 1989 1017 972 568 147 73.39% 19. Kamone 309 1424 738 686 247 10 70.13% 20. Pothre 794 3882 2031 1851 776 42 73.42%

129

21. Betargaon 70 327 173 154 104 2 70.55% 22. Balewadi 214 982 531 451 116 19 70.96% 23. Potegaon 163 687 370 317 106 9 70.00% 24. Nila 118 647 336 311 102 0 76.79% 25. Khambewadi 201 1031 537 494 161 13 67.56% 26. Borgaon 350 1542 791 751 230 7 76.12% 27. Vaghachivadi 143 679 365 314 50 28 76.34% 28. Karanje 420 1799 958 841 306 31 77.03% 29. Dilmeshwar 70 327 173 154 104 2 70.55% 30. Total 12,749 61,641 31,583 30,058 5,856

130

Figure 3.19: Village map of 10 km sampling location 131

Observation The salient observations recorded during survey in the study area:  Majority of the respondents are engaged in agriculture activity and its allied activities. The main crop grown in the study area is Sugarcane  Sanitation facilities are unsatisfactory in the study area. There are open drains from where the domestic waste water is disposed. People are not at all aware and careful about hygiene and cleanliness, this has resulted to increase of health problems in the area.  Power supply facility is available in almost villages and town in the study area mostly for domestic purpose.  Drinking water sources is mostly from gram Panchayat water supply also from wells and hand pump. As regard to the drinking water facility people expressed that the quality of river water is poor.  Medical facilities in terms of primary health center and primary health sub centers in the rural areas are good. The hospitals are available, have very good facilities. Doctors and nurse visit the villages for providing medical treatment. Primary Health Center Karmala also started emergency ward for casualty  Transportation facility is seen very satisfactory in the study area because the road conditions are very good and satisfactory  People awareness about the factory operation

Table 3.27: Sugar Industries surrounding the project site

Sr. Distance from the Direction w.r.t. Industry No. project site (km) the project site Adinath SSK , Adinath Nagar, Shelgaon 1 21 South West Bhalwani, Tal: Karmala, Dist:Solapur Bhairavnath Sugar Pvt Ltd, Sonari, 2 21 South East Paranda Dist: Solapur Vitthalrao Shinde SSK ltd, Gangamai 3 40 South Nagar, Pimpalner , Madha Dist: Solapur Makai SSK ltd, Bhilarewadi, Karmala Dist: 4 35 South West Solapur

132

Table 3.28: Schools near Project Site Distance from the Direction w.r.t. Sr. No. Name project site (km) the project site 1 Gurukul Public School, Karmala 2.5 West 2 ZPPS, Pnade 2.4 South East Maharashtra Madhyamic Vidyalaya, 3 5.3 North Pothare

SUGAR INDUSTRY SCENARIO IN SOLAPUR DISTRICT

Table 3.29 Sugar Factories & cane crushed in Solapur District (Season 2014- 2015, Up to May 5, 2015) Sr. No. Name of Sugar Unit & Taluka Co-op./ Private TCD 1 Sahakar Maharshi , Akluj Co-op. 7500 2 Shankar, Malshiras Co-op. 2500 3 Shidheshwar, Solapur Co-op. 5000 4 Vitthal, Pandharpur Co-op. 5000 5 Bhogavati, Barshi Co-op. 1250 6 Bhima-Takli, Pandharpur Co-op. 5000 7 Pandurang, Malshiras Co-op. 4500 8 Sant Damaji, Mangalvedha Co-op. 2500 9 Adinath, Karmala Co-op. 2500 10 Sangola Taluka, Sangola Co-op. 2500 11 Swami Samarth, Akkalkot Co-op. 2500 12 Chandabhaga, Pandharpur Co-op. 2500 13 Vithalrao Shinde, Madha Co-op. 8500 14 Makai, Karmala Co-op. 2500 15 Kurmadas, Madha Co-op. 2500 16 L.B.patil Agro India, Mohol Co-op. 2500 17 Saswadmali, malshiras Private 3500 18 Lokmangal Agro, Solapur Private 2500 19 Vitthal Corporation, Madha Private 3500 20 Sidhanath Sugar, solapur Private 2500 21 Jakraya Sugar,Mohol Private 2500 22 Bhairavnath Sugar2karmala Private 2500 23 Indreshwar Sugar, Barshi Private 2500 24 Aryan Sugar, Barshi Private 2500 25 Matoshri Lakshi ,Akkalkot Private 3500 26 Vijay Sugars, Pandharpur Private 2500 27 Lokmangal Sugar, Solapur Private 6000 28 Sitaram Maharaj, Pandharpur Private 2500 29 Shetkari Chandapuri, Malshiras Private 2500 30 Fabtech Sugar Mangalveda Private 2500 31 Ethopian Sugar Mangalveda Private 3500 133

32 Bhairavnath Sugar3 Mangalveda Private 2500 33 Shivratna Udyog, Madha Private 2500 34 Babanrao Shinde Sugars,Barshi Private 5000

Table 3.30 Highlights of Distilleries in Solapur District Sr. Name of Distillery * Capacity Annual licensed No KLPD Cap. Lakh Lit 1 Sahakar Maharshi , Akluj 60 180 2 Shankar, Malshiras 30 90 3 Shidheshwar, Solapur 20 135 4 Vitthal, Pandharpur 30 90 5 Pandurang, Malshiras 45 135 6 Chandabhaga, Pandharpur 30 90 7 Vithalrao Shinde, Madha 60 180 8 Saswadmali, malshiras 30 90 9 Lokmangal Agro, Solapur 80 240 10 Vitthal Corporation, Madha 30 90 Total 415 1320

*Note- Above distilleries are attached with the sugar mills

The availability of molasses is no problem at all as the production of molasses is very much on high side in Solapur district. Moreover, VRSL will receive molasses from one sugar factory namely M/s Babanrao Shinde Sugar & Allied Industries Ltd, A/p Turk Pimpari, Tal Barshi, dist Solapur.

134

Chapter IV: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENT IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 INTRODUCTION This chapter deals with the prediction and evaluation of impacts resulting from the proposed project activity. Any activity making a significant effect is not permissible. This “significant effect” is required to be neutralized to a level of “insignificance”. This can be brought about by various tools like: in plant measures, segregation, environment friendly process and collectively termed as pollution control say by providing Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) and Emission Control Equipments (ECE) etc. Predictions are superimposed over baseline environmental status to derive ultimate environmental scenario. The impact of the existing as well as proposed unit has been considered and discussed in this chapter.

“Environmental Impact” refers to the alteration of environmental conditions or creation of a new set of environmental conditions, adverse or beneficial, caused or induced by the action or set of actions under consideration. Both the beneficial (positive) and adverse (negative) impacts on various components of environment due to proposed Project are identified, based on the nature of the various activities associated with the proposed project operations. Environment impact analysis gives an indication of ways to consider modeling the project to mitigate adverse impacts through best practicable environmental option or alternate processes. Based on the present environmental scenario and baseline data, an exercise has been done to identify and evaluate the impact on the environment of the study area due to the proposed project. The proposed project may influence the environment of the area in two phases: Phase I: During the Construction period, the impact may be temporary or short term Phase II: During the Operation Phase which may have long term effects. 4.1.1 Phase I The construction phase of the project is expected to last for about one year. Hence, all construction impacts on the environment can be considered short term as compared to the operational impacts. During construction stage, excavation, material storage and

135

Environmental Impact Assessment Report Vitthal Refined Sugars Ltd. Establishment Of Integrated Sugar Industry (Sugar 5000 TCD, Co-generation 29.5 MW, grain based distillery 45 KLPD & 60 KLPD molasses/sugarcane juice/ Sugar Beet based distillery) at village Pande, Tal. Karmala, Dist. Solapur, Maharashtra movement, vehicular movement, mixing operation etc. will generate fugitive dust pollution and vehicular emissions at the project site. However, by taking appropriate measures as described in EMP, such impacts will be minimized. The following activities among others are likely to contribute towards impacts on the surroundings during construction phase:  Site preparation and development  Civil construction work  Vehicular movement  Loading and unloading civil items and plant machineries  On site storage of civil items & plant machineries.  Erection of plant and civil structures  Maintenance of construction machinery  Disposal of solid wastes  Accommodation for construction workers. The impacts are likely to primarily affect land use, demography and socio economics, soil and onsite noise. It could also lead to minor impacts on air and water quality and ecology. The detailed impacts & mitigation measures have been discussed in the following sections. 4.1.2 Phase II Operational phase activities may have impacts minor or major, positive or negative on environmental discipline such as soils, surface and ground water hydrology, micro meteorology, land use, water use, water and air quality, ecology, socio economics and noise environment. The important activities contributing to environmental impacts, either adverse or beneficial are as follows:  Water Consumption  Handling of Molasses (to be used as raw material)  Spent wash  Operation of Machineries. The operational impacts in this study have been evaluated. The changes over the existing baseline quality of relevant environmental parameters as a result of the activities causing 136

impacts due to operation have been predicted using suitable mathematical models coupled with qualitative or quantitative predictive techniques. After evaluation of the changes in relevant parameters, the consequential impacts on various aspects of the environment have been discussed. 4.1.3 Environmental parameters to be consider Impacts are identified during construction and operation phase. Below mentioned environmental parameters are considered while identifying the impact.  Air Environment Sources, ambient air quality, emission control, environment and health effects  Water Environment Sources, water & wastewater quality, environment, and health effects  Noise Environment Sources, control measures, environment and health effects  Soil/ Land Environment Land use, change in land use pattern, pollution sources, soil quality change, environment and health effects  Biological Environment Flora and fauna of the study area, vegetation, and habitat change and control measures  Socioeconomic Environment Demographical details, economic status, employment status, infrastructure availability, environment and health effects  Occupational health and Safety Environment Identification of health hazard due to operation, material handling, exposure of hazardous chemical, health and safety plan and disaster management.

4.2 Identification of Impact during construction and commissioning phase

4.2.1 Impacts on Land Environment Land is generally plain and the construction could take place even without leveling the ground. Area is inclusive of industrial acivity, storage area, colony & effluent treatment plant, compost yard, green belt & remaining will be used for agricultural purpose.

137

Impact

 There will be civil work because, sugar, distillery, & cogen unit within the existing plant premises.  Due to construction activities within the project boundary, there would be considerable changes in soil characteristics like permeability, porosity, water holding capacity, soil structure and topography. However the effect is limited to factory area only.  Along with greenery, storm water drainage and rain harvesting facilities shall be provided to maintain the land environment.

Mitigation Measures

 All earth work will be completed in such a way so that the soil erosion and carryover of the materials in other areas are protected.  The packaging materials which may consist of wooden boxes and jute wrappers will be stored at suitable place and disposed off suitably.  Proper drainage system will be constructed for the waste water generated during construction period which will be discharged into low land areas and accumulation of water will be avoided.  Excavated soil will be used for green-belt development

4.2.2 Impacts on Air Quality The main sources for impact of air quality during construction period is due to movement of vehicles and construction equipment at site, dust emitted during leveling, foundation works, transportation of construction material etc. Dust would be generated during activities such as loading and unloading of construction materials, top soil removal, movement of vehicles over dusty roads and air born dust from exposed project site. Hence, during the construction phase, suspended particulate matter PM10& PM2.5 will be the main pollutant. The emissions from vehicles and construction equipment may also contribute to NOx and SOx. The dust generated will be fugitive in nature, which can be controlled by sprinkling of water. The

138

 Minimal increase in SO2, NOx, PM  Dust accumulation on trees affect growth of plants  Health problems to construction workers Ex. eye irritation, coughing

Mitigation Measures

 There will not be any major leveling operations required as the plant terrain of site is mostly plain. Hence, no significant impact due to excavation activities in the area, except for civil work and foundation of equipment’s is envisaged.

 Ambient SOx and NOx levels will increase due to construction machinery such as bulldozers, trucks etc. However, increase in levels of these pollutants is expected to be insignificant since these machines will be operated intermittently.  These equipment’s are not stationary and would be moving from one place to other, hence there will not be increase in concentration of emissions at a single location.  Nevertheless, it will be ensured that both gasoline and diesel powered construction vehicles are properly maintained to minimize exhaust emissions.  The approach roads will be paved or tarred and vehicles will be kept in good order to minimize the pollution due to vehicular traffic.  It is necessary to control the dust emissions particularly during dry weather. This will be achieved by regular water sprinkling all over the exposed area, at least twice a day using truck-mounted sprinklers.  The nose-mask will be provided to workers in dust prone area. Green belt will develop to help in attenuation of fugitive emission.  These are the measures that would greatly reduce the impacts during the construction phase.

139

4.2.3 Impacts on Noise Quality Impacts  The major sources of noise during the construction phase are vehicles and construction equipment like dozers, scrapers, concrete mixers, cranes, pumps, compressors, pneumatic tools, saws, vibrators etc.  The operation of these equipment’s can generate noise levels in the range 85-90 dB (A) near the source.  These noises levels will be temporary during the day time only hence will not have any significant impact on surrounding during construction phase.  High noise level leads to disturbance to immediate surrounding i.e. workers, biological and social environment.  Biological environment i.e. Birds, reptiles are sensitive to high noise level. Continuous exposure of high noise level sometimes leads to Hearing defects, physical and mental retardation.

Mitigation  The noise control measures during the construction phase include provision of caps on the construction equipment and regular maintenance of the equipment.  Equipment’s will be maintained appropriately to keep the noise level within 85dB (A). Wherever possible, equipment will be provided with silencers and mufflers.  High noise producing construction activities will be restricted to day time only. Greenbelt development will be undertaken from the construction stage itself.  Loud horn of vehicles will not be allowed at project area.  Further, workers deployed in high noise areas will be provided with necessary protective devices such as ear plug, ear-muffs etc. Overall, the impact of increase in noise on the environment would be insignificant, as it will be localized and mainly confined to the day hours.

140

4.2.4 Impacts on water quality

Impacts

 Due to construction activities, the surface run-off during rainy season may contain more of eroded soil and other loose matter. With segregation of construction area and proper drainages, the water contamination is prevented. As there are no water bodies within the project site, the impact of construction activities on water environment is insignificant. As far as possible, construction activities will be avoided during rainy days.  Sewage generation maximum 15-20 CMD from construction labor (30-50)  Disposal of untreated sewage will causes ground pollution & foul odor in the area.  Surface run-off pollute/ alter the other end  Stagnant water attracts flies, mosquitoes, and growth of water hyacinth.

Mitigation Measures

 The earth work (cutting and filling) will be avoided during rainy season and will be completed during the winter and summer seasons only.  Stone pitching on the slopes and construction of concrete drains for storm water to minimize soil erosion in the area will be undertaken.  The strengthen the existing green belt in and around plant will be undertaken during the monsoon season.  Soil binding and fast growing vegetation will be grown within the plant premises to arrest the soil erosion.  Facilities like toilets, wash rooms are available with existing factory.  The overall impact on water environment during construction phase will be temporary and insignificant. 4.2.5 Impacts on biological environment Impacts  Sound due to construction activities at the site involving human and vehicular movement will disturb aril and wild animals in the area.  Terrestrial micro flora and fauna at the site are also affected.

141

Mitigation Measures  No negative impact on biological environment will be envisaged because proposed project construction will be within the existing premises of Vithal Refined Sugar Ltd.  No tree cutting will be envisaged.  No effect on aquatic environment is expected as there are no water bodies in the site.  Further, there are no sensitive locations within the study area.  Hence, no significant adverse impacts are expected on biological environment.

4.2.6 Impacts on Socio-economics  The impact of the proposed plant on Socio-Economic conditions of the study area is expected to be positive during construction phase.  Increase in floating population.  Increase in demand of ancillary services including hotels, lodges, retail shops, banks, automobile workshops, school, health care centres, public transport and other logistics services. This will help in upliftment of local people in terms of economy and social welfare  Economic upliftment of the area.  Rising of home rents, land prices and increase in labour rates.  Benefits due to the civil construction and transportation companies to the local people  The local population will have employment opportunities due to the proposed project. The local people will be preferred as laborious during the construction phase  Local people shall be given preference for employment depending on their qualification  All the applicable guidelines under the relevant Acts and Rules related to labour welfare and safety shall be implemented during the construction phase;  The contractor shall be advised to provide fire wood/kerosene/LPG to the workers to prevent cutting of nearby trees

142

4.2.7 Occupational health and safety Construction activities involved many health & safety issues. Activity  Storage of hazardous material/ chemicals ex. diesel, petrol etc.  Working at height  Site sanitation  Working without protective equipment and/or safety belt Impact  Accident like falling, improper safety  Fire & explosion causes risk to human health Proposed mitigation measures:  Use of personal protective equipment’s.  Safety trainings will be conducted  Safety instructions will be placed.  Emergency preparedness plan will be implemented from construction phase  Sign boards such as safety, isolated area, risk prone area will be placed

4.2.8 Storage of Hazardous Material

The hazardous materials used during construction may include petrol, diesel, welding gas and paints. These materials will be stored and handled carefully under applicable safety guidelines.

Some of the precautions of storage include the following:

 Temporary storage will be made for diesel and other fuels. These fuels required for running construction equipment’s, DG sets etc.  Storage shall be separated by fire insulating walls from other storage tanks;  The distance between the storage tanks shall be at least half of their height.

FIRE RISK Fire and explosion hazard impacts are not expected during the construction phase due to the limited quantities of flammable and combustible materials to be imported to the site.

143

The availability and use of portable extinguishing systems would limit the impacts of small fires, and personnel will receive training on the proper use and locations of this equipment. During construction, any waste disposal burning will be conducted in a cleared and dedicated area under controlled conditions, on those days when ambient air conditions will not permit embers to drift into the surroundings.

4.2.8 Impacts on traffic It should be anticipated that an overall increase in traffic would occur directly as a consequence of the proposed construction. An increase in traffic will occur to and from the project site subsequent to freight arrival. No significant traffic problems are expected during the construction period, other than minimal delays for start and stop time for the workers commuting to their residences and due to occasional heavy equipment and materials moving to and from the site. Construction traffic generation should be viewed at the most as a temporary inconvenience.

4.3 Identification of impact during operation phase Operational phase activities may have impacts minor or major, positive or negative on environmental discipline such as soils, surface and ground water hydrology, micro meteorology, water use, water and air quality, ecology, socio economics & noise environment. 4.3.1 Ambient Air Environment Major air emissions are anticipated from bagasse fired boiler & slop fired boiler. Other sources of air pollution are material handling, fugitive emissions from storage area. Major activities and its impact on air environments are depicted below, Activity

 Utility emissions from boiler stacks, DG set.  Existing boilers

 Process emissions are CO2 & VOC’s. Flue gas emission from Sugar, cogeneration and distillery unit is given in below,

144

Table 4.1: Cumulative Pollutant Potential

Source Pollutant Air Pollution Mitigation Measures Boiler 150 TPH PM10, SO2 &NOx Stack of 75 m, As per CPCB with ESP

Incineration Boiler 35 TPH PM10, SO2 & NOx Stack of 70 m, As per CPCB with ESP

PM10, SO2 & NOx Adequate stack height will be provided D.G. Set (1000 & 500 KVA) as per CPCB norms

 Dust generation is predicted from conveyors of bagasse, press mud, sugar grader, sugar drier, boiler ash generation and handling will be suitably covered with hood or enclosures to control fugitive emissions.  Emission from vehicular movement. Particulate emissions in the project area envisaged primarily due to emissions from traffic of, which is close to the project site. During the operation phase of the proposed project, movement of goods vehicles, loading and unloading operations may contribute to air emission.

 Other Air emissions like VOC from distillation columns, CO2, and ethanol from fermentation process.

Impacts

 Air pollution can causes harmful effect on environment and on living organism. Air pollutants can be in the form of particulate matter which can be harmful to human health. Short-term effects include irritation to the eyes, nose and throat, and upper respiratory infections such as bronchitis and pneumonia. Others include headaches, nausea, and allergic reactions. Short-term air pollution can aggravate the medical conditions of individuals with asthma and emphysema. Long-term health effects can include chronic respiratory disease, lung cancer, heart disease, and even damage to the brain, nerves, liver, or kidneys. Continual exposure to air pollution affects the lungs of growing children and may aggravate or complicate medical conditions in the elderly.

 Proposed projects leads to marginal increase in the levels of PM, SO2 and NOx as the Air Control Equipment- Electrostatic Precipitator will be installed. For exiting unit Electrostatic precipitator has been already installed.  Emission from vehicular movement leads to increase in PM level

145

 Dust inhalation by workers will results in eye irritation , coughing & sneezing  Dust accumulation affect growth of plants  Nearest human settlement is Devicha Mal village at 0.85 km in W downwind direction may it may get affect due to Failure of APC equipment. Flue gases and particulate matters may cause health hazard if APC failure persist. Table 4.2: Stack details

Details Sugar Spent wash incineration Boiler Cogeneration Plant Stack Height (m) 75 70 Flue gas velocity (m/s) 23 21 Stack flue gas temp. (0C) 135 135 Dia of stack (m) 2.0 2.5 Flow rate (Nm3/sec) 45.91 75.32 Bagasse Requirement (TPH) 57.8 Spent wash – 175 TPD Indian coal – 138 TPD SPM (g/sec) @ 50 mg/Nm3 2.30 3.77 SO2 (g/sec) 32.1 From coal – 12.78 From spent wash – 36.46 NOx (g/sec) 4.5 7.5

Table 4.3: Proximate analysis of spent wash concentrate

S. No. Constituent Spent wash Value % Indian Coal % 1. Moisture Content 47.01 10 - 20 2. Volatile Matter 35.69 16 - 30 3. Ash Content 10.59-15.00 25 - 50 4. Fixed Carbon 6.71 24- 40 5. GCV (kcal/kg) 2000 2800-5000 (Source: Guidelines-Coprocessing-Distillery_Spentwash_in_Cement_Ind.pdf )& http://www.eecpowerindia.com

Table 4.4: Ultimate analysis of spent wash concentrate

S. No. Constituent Spent wash Value % Indian Coal % 1. Carbon 19.92 30 - 55 2. Hydrogen 2.59 2 - 4 3. Nitrogen 1.35 0.7- 1.15 4. Sulphur 0.96 0.3 - 0.8 (Source: Guidelines-Coprocessing-Distillery_Spentwash_in_Cement_Ind.pdf) &

http://www.eecpowerindia.com

146

Table 4.5: Composition of Biogas

Content % CH4 50 to 60 % CO2 47 to 36 % H2S 2 to 3 % H20 1 %

Proposed mitigation measures

 Major source of air pollution will the boiler stack. Height of the proposed two stacks will be 58 m and 70 m height and the stack height designed on the basis of CPCB guidelines to ensure proper disposal of gas emissions.  Fugitive emissions from raw material storage yards, loading and unloading operations will be controlled water sprinkling system, whenever necessary.  Bagasse is used as fuel, to generate steam in the exiting boilers. Thus, the air pollution

could be mainly due to burning of bagasse in the boilers. Generation of SO2 and NOX are negligible as sulfur and nitrogen are present in bagasse are present.  For existing sugar factory, water sprinkling system is provided in strategic area for control of fugitive emissions.  In existing factory premises Bullock carts, trucks, and tractors are used for transportation.  All internal roads shall be constructed as tar roads and regular water sprinkling shall be carried out on all the Kaccha roads for preventing fugitive dust emissions.  Huge tree plantation will be carried out around plant area for minimizing environmental impacts of the proposed activities over a period of time. Plantation program shall be designed and a budget should be allocated for this purpose every year. Total 33% of the area i.e. 15 Ha. will be developed under greenbelt.  Online stack emission monitoring machines has been also installed properly.  Factory is maintaining and will be maintain good housekeeping in all units.  Emergency shutdown shall be taken in case of APC failure.

Incremental pollution due to flue gas emission

147

Details of mathematical modeling Prediction of impacts on air environment has been carried out by employing a mathematical model. In the present case, Aermod dispersion model based on steady state Gaussian plume dispersion, designed for multiple point sources for short term has been used for predicting the ground level concentrations. The computations deal with major pollutants like Sulphur dioxide and Suspended Particulate Matter and Oxides of Nitrogen.

Model options used for computations The options used for short-term computations are:  The plume rise is estimated by Briggs formulae, but the final rise is always limited to that of the mixing layer;  Stack tip down wash is not considered;  Buoyancy induced dispersion is used to describe the increasing plume dispersion during the ascension phase;  Calms processing routine is used by default;  Wind profile exponents are used by default, ‘Irwin’;  Flat terrain is used for computations;  It is assumed that the pollutants do not undergo any physico-chemical transformations and that there is no pollutant removal by dry deposition;  Washout by rain is not considered; and  Cartesian co-ordinate system has been used for computations.

Meteorological Input Data to the Model The hourly meteorological data recorded at site is converted to the mean hourly meteorological data as specified by CPCB and the same has been used in the mode. In absence of site specific mixing depths, mixing depths published in “Spatial Distribution of hourly Mixing Depths over Indian Region” by Mr. R.N. Gupta and recommended by CPCB have been used.

148

Model Input Data The air pollution modeling carried out represents the worst case and normal operating scenarios. The pollutants considered for modeling include suspended particulate matter, sulphur dioxide and oxides of nitrogen.

The details of the stack and emissions envisaged from the proposed plant are given in below Table

Table 4.6: Stack details

Details Co generation Plant Spent wash incineration Boiler Stack Height (m) 58.0 70 Flue gas velocity (m/s) 20 21 Stack flue gas temp. (0C) 135 135 Dia of stack (m) 2.0 2.5 Flow rate (Nm3/sec) 45.91 75.32 Bagasse Requirement (TPH) 57.8 Spent wash – 175 TPD Indian coal – 138 TPD SPM (g/sec) @ 50 mg/Nm3 2.30 3.77 SO2 (g/sec) 32.1 From coal – 12.78 From spent wash – 36.46 NOx (g/sec) 16.7 26.36

Presentation of Results The simulations were done to evaluate PM10, SO2 and NOX likely to be contributed by the proposed plant. For the short term simulations, the concentrations were estimated around 1200 receptor points chosen to obtain an optimum description of variations in concentrations over the site in 10-km radius covering 16 directions. The predicted incremental Ground Level Concentrations (GLCs) for PM10, SO2 and NOx likely to be contributed by the proposed plant are presented in below given Table

Table 4.7: Predicted 24 Hourly Short Term Maximum Incremental Concentrations

Parameters Concentration (µg/m3) Direction PM10 0.66 W SO2 8.2 W NOx 5.3 W

149

Discussions on Results of Assessment A perusal of previous subsection reveals that the maximum short incremental short term ground level concentrations for PM10, SO2, and NOx after implementation of the proposed project are 0.66 g/m3, 8.2 g/m3 and 5.3 g/m3 respectively occurring at a distance of 0.7 km in the north direction. 4.3.2 Impact on traffic density The transportation shall be carried out by tempos, trucks, and tractors. Hence, additional impact on air due to vehicular emission for incoming raw material is anticipated. The site is well connected by pacca internal village roads. Project site is connected to  SH 143: 2.5 km in north  SH 141: 1.7 km in South West  SH 67: 1.5 km West  SH 149: 16.9 South east

Impacts during construction phase

 It is anticipated that an overall increase in traffic will occur directly as a consequence of the proposed construction.  An increase in traffic will occur to and from the project site subsequent to goods arrival. The temporary traffic impacts are not expected to affect significantly the local residents since residential development is sparse in the immediate site vicinity.  During construction phase, approx. 10-20 nos. of vehicle will run daily towards Distillery unit for carrying construction materials. Construction traffic generation should be viewed at the most as a temporary inconvenience. Impacts during operational phase

 Present road condition is good with width of 8 m and capacity to carry the number of vehicle during season. Road will be maintained in good condition.  The trucks carrying coal will be covered, alcohol will be transported in tankers hence there will not be any fugitive dust/ VOC generation during transportation of raw materials, fuel, and products.

150

 Good traffic management system will be developed and implemented for the incoming and outgoing vehicles so as to avoid congestion on the public road.  The area is earmarked for parking. Table 4.9: Transportation of raw materials & products A) Sugar Unit – (5000 TCD, 160 days/annum)

Sr. No. Mode of Transport No. i. Sugarcane a) Bullock Cart (10 % of cane) 2 Ton/trip 150 b) Trucks/ Tractors 250 Average Trucks/day 35 ii. Press mud [200 x 160 – 32000 (20% weight loss – 25600 MT) Average trucks per day 10 iii. Bagasse saved & sold – 1297.6 Tons/annum Ave. Trucks required per day @ 5 tons/truck 1 Total

B) Distillery Unit Particular No. of Vehicle 1. Molasses based Distillery – 50% from outside Molasses Tankers/day (14 Tons/tanker) 9 2. Grain Based Distillery Grains Trucks/day 10 3. Alcohol A. 60 KLPD Molasses based distillery Alcohol Tankers (20KL/tanker) 3 B. 45 KLPD grain based distillery Alcohol Tankers (20 KL/tanker) 2 4. IMFL - 8000 cases/day (600 cases/truck) 13 5. Country liquor - 4000 cases/day (600 cases/truck) 7 6. CO2 Recovery Tankers (20 Tons/tanker) 3 Total 47

4.3.3 Impacts on noise level Noise levels will be increased during operation phase due to machineries and other industrial activities. However the impacts of noise during this phase will be restricted to plant boundary.

151

Sugar and cogeneration: Mill house, boiling house, sugar house, bagasse & ash handballing, power house, steam turbines and, transportation etc. Distillery: Fans, blowers and compressors, steam turbines etc. Impacts Existing quality of noise in the sugar and cogeneration area are given below,

Steam turbines : 77.2 dB Milling : 78.2 dB Pan boiling : 79.5 dB Factory main gate: 60.5 dB  Noise health effects are the health consequences of regular exposure, to consistent elevated sound levels.  Elevated workplace or environmental noise can cause hearing impairment, hypertension, ischemic heart disease, annoyance, and sleep disturbance. Mitigation measures  Vibrating pads & acoustic enclosure will be provided to noise generating equipment to control noise level within norms.  Latest technology and utmost care will be taken at the time of equipment/ machinery installation.  Lubrication of moving/ rotating part or component of machineries will be done on regular basis.  The insulation provided for prevention of loss of heat and personnel safety gears will also act as noise reducers  Design and layout of building to minimize transmission of noise, segregation of particular items of plant.  The operator’s cabins (control rooms) will be properly (acoustically) insulated with special doors with observation windows.  The operators working in the high-noise areas will be provided with ear-muffs or plugs.  Acoustic enclosures and silencers will be provided to the Equipment wherever necessary.  Proper green belt will be developed to reduce the noise level.

152

Thus, it is envisaged that there will not be any adverse impacts of noise. The greenbelt developed within the premises will have significant beneficial impacts on reduction of noise within the periphery and outside the boundary. 4.3.4 Odor management Activity  Typical compounds generating odor in sugar industry are acetic acid, ethyl alcohol, / butyl alcohol, bacterial decomposition of organic matter (stale cane smell) & bacterial

decomposition of sulfur compounds (H2S), NH3.  Causes of odor are stale cane, bad mill sanitation, bacterial growth in the interconnecting pipes & unattended drains etc.  Typical odor compounds in distillery are molasses storage tank, spent wash, alcohol, iso amyl & iso butyl alcohol (fuel oils), acetic acid, Sludge from fermentation and ETP  Causes of odor are bad management of fermentation house, long retention of fermented wash, unattended drains, CPU unit, & ETP. Impacts

 Nausea, insomnia, and discomfort.  Nasal irritation; trigger symptoms in individuals with breathing problems or asthma.

Mitigation measures

 Better cane management to avoid staling of sugar.  Use of mill sanitation bio-cides to minimize the growth of aerobic / anaerobic micro– organisms.  Steaming of major pipe lines  Proper cleaning of drains  Efficient operation of ETP.  Regular use of bleaching powder in the drains to avoid growth of sulphur decomposing

micro-organisms to control H2S generation.  Better housekeeping by regular steaming of all fermentation equipment’s  Regular steaming of all fermentation equipment.  Use of efficient bio-cides to control bacterial contamination.

153

 Control of temperature during fermentation to avoid in-activation / killing of yeast.  Avoiding staling of fermented wash.  Spent wash treatment shall be through integrated evaporated followed by incineration boiler  Spent wash from evaporation would be in a closed tank and directly send to the incineration in boiler.  Spent wash storage lagoon has capacity of 5 days; however spent wash is usually consumed within 2-3 days.  Well planned Greenbelt will be developed in and around the plant premises to suppress the odor. Table 4.9: Odour mitigation efforts Sr. No. Probable source of odour Attenuation by 1 Milling plant, detention of effluent Quick draining, aerobic condition 2 Stale press mud Consume quickly to compost yard Covered, CO2 captured and scrubbed and 3 Fermentation recovered. Avoids odour escape Now multi pressure- vacuum improved 4 Distillation column hardware. A closed system, continuous feeding of 5 Spent wash incineration system concentrated spent wash & no question of odour Now only 15 days storage, that too in the 6 Concentrated Spent wash storage emergency for repairs/ maintenance of machinery. 7 Spentwash in evaporation ponds Not provided. Office, colony-guest house septic 8 Remove and compost it sludge 9 Reusable effluent plant sludge Oxidize by biocides or reagents Moderately polluted stream No over detention. No anaerobic condition to set 10 effluent treatment in Moderately polluted spent lees 11 effluent treated satisfactorily and Apply wastewater judiciously. recycled Fully aerobic by special turning machine, viable 12 Press mud - Composting yard dedicated culture and fine spraying of water getting immediately absorbed.

The manufacturing area of proposed integrated sugar complex, Sugar Division is more than 2.40 Km away from the village Pande and the ETP is still farthest. The ETP is provided with

154

4.3.5 Impacts on water quality Direct discharge of untreated sewage & effluent on land, generated from proposed project will lead to ground pollution as well as soil quality. Various activities their impacts and mitigation measures for the same has been describes in below mentioned paragraphs. Activities

 Surface water extraction from river  Effluent generation from distillery, sugar and cogeneration unit  Run off storm water Impacts

 No negative impacts are envisaged on surface water availability and drawl will be restricted during lean season. The industry has constructed water storage reservoir of for use of fresh water during lean season. The reservoir will be also be filled up with storm water available at the premise.  The total water required for the entire project will be 1812.44 CMD and it will be taken from Sina- Kolegaon dam & Mangi Lake.  Distillery Water Consumption 8.6 KL of Alcohol production (Norms < 10 KL/KL).  Total Industrial effluent Generation from sugar and Co-gen is 545.28 KLD i.e 0.109 CM/Ton cane crushed (Norms < 0.1 CM/Ton).  Spent wash Generation from molasses based distillery (175) 2.92 KL/KL of Alcohol Production (Norms < 08 KL/KL) and total sewage generation 180 CMD.  Distillery generates huge amount of effluent. If effluent is not treated properly before disposal, it will pollute land and ground water quality and thereby will change the existing characteristics of soil and water.  Discharge of waste water within & outside plant boundary will leads to the ground water pollution.  Discharge of distillery effluent loss of soil fertility and deteriorate the soil quality.

155

 Discharge of effluent in the surface water body alters the water characteristics and may leads to eutrophication of water bodies. Further, its dark color hinders photosynthesis by blocking sunlight and is therefore deleterious to aquatic life.  Failure in effluent treatment and storage system leads to undesirable changes on living and nonliving things by means of alteration in environment, which causes health impact and deterioration of environment. Nearest impact zone which may suffer this problem are Village Devecha Mal, village Pande. However, chances of arising such situation are very rare. If occurs, plant will be shut down immediately. The quantity of fresh and recycled condensate water is given in Table 4.10

Table 4.10: Total fresh water requirement for various units

Table 4.11: Waste generation from integrated plant Sr. Particular Freshwater after Effluent to ETP Disposal mechanism No. recycling CMD CMD 1 Sugar 517.44 m3/d 545.28 CMD Sugar ETP 1000 CMD 5000 TCD *Sugar Effluent capacity 2 Co-generation Unit Spray pond over (Existing 500 CMD (Cap.- 26 MW), DECC flow, cooling and upgraded to 1000 3 Distillery Co-gen Unit boiler blow down, CMD) (Cap 3.5 MW, ECC) floor washing. 3 Distillery 3A Molasses based 517 m3/d * Conc. Spent MEE followed by 30.5 (60KLPD) (ENA, wash to boiler – TPH Incineration Evaporator & ethanol) 175 TPD boiler

156

Country liquor bottling Process Combined CPU of plant (2 Lac cases/ condensate 552 1200 CMD Month) CMD Spent lees, steam condensate, Vacuum pump will be directly recycled 3B Grain based (45 KLPD) 406 m3/d Process (liquefaction , condensate. evaporator, dryer, Spent lees, steam ENA) condensate 458 IMFL Bottling plant(0ne Lac cases/Month) 4 Malt Spirit based 75 m3/d 15 m3/d (5KLPD) 5 Grape Spirit based 60 m3/d 15 m3/d (5KLPD) 3 3 6 CO2 Plant (50 TPD) 12 m /d 2 m /d 7 Cyclodextrane Plant 25 m3/d 7.5 m3/d (2.5 MT/day) 8 Domestic use 200 m3/d 180 m3/d 200 m3/d capacity STP including colony MBBR technology

Mitigation measures

Treatment of Sugar & Co-gen effluent The sugar factory capacity and cogen capacity will be 5000 TCD and 26 MW respectively. Both plants will operate for 160 days per annum. The effluent generation will be 545.28 Cu M/day. The general effluent characteristics and effluent discharge standards for inland surface water has been indicated in the following table. Table 4.12: Characteristics of combined sugar & co-gen effluent Sr. No. Parameter Unit Inlet Effluent Effluent discharge standards Characteristics for Irrigation (CPCB/MPCB) 1 pH 4.5-5.0 5.5-9.0 2 Oil & grease Mg/l 40-60 < 10 3 TSS Mg/l 400-500 < 200 4 BOD Mg/l 1000-1500 < 100 5 COD Mg/l 2000-3000 < 250

157

The ETP system is provided such that maximum treated water will be recycled for process and will be used for green belt/garden & irrigating the experimental sugarcane plots etc. The details of Sugar & Co-gen ETP system will be as follows-ETP system proposed - Anaerobic Followed by Aerobic System Table 4.13: ETP units Sr. No. Type Units to be provided Flow measurement, screening, grit removal, oil and grease 1. Preliminary flotation, Averaging of flow quantity and homogenizing the flow 2. Equalization tank characteristics 3. Neutralization pH adjustment 4. Primary clarifier To remove suspended solids and to remove settable BOD Anaerobic digester For second stage BOD reduction using anaerobic digester 5. followed by Aeration followed by aeration tank and sludge recycle tank 6. Secondary clarifier Secondary clarification 7. Dewater Sludge drying beds 8. Holding Non-demand tank Recycling of treated 9. - water

Screening Coarse screen or rack is used for removal of large pieces of gunny bags, plastics, branches, rubbers, packing materials, gaskets, cotton waste and other floatable. It is used as protecting devices so that large suspended solids and floating material do not damage pumps, agitators, mixers and aerators. Coarse screens have openings ranging from 75mm to 150 mm and racks are usually set at an angle of 450–600. The cleaning of screens is done either manually or mechanically.

Oil & Grease Skimmer Oil being is lighter than water, floats. This property is used to separate it out. However, if there is more turbulence or if the travel distance is high, gradient slop is more, or if boiler blows down, excess condensate, stream trap, cooling purging co-enters, the oil gets emulsified and then does not float out easily. It has to avoid such situations to the maximum extent possible by either providing the traps very near to the source, or by segregating the sub-streams. If the oil does not float and a thick film does not develop, the physical removal 158

Environmental Impact Assessment Report Vitthal Refined Sugars Ltd. Establishment Of Integrated Sugar Industry (Sugar 5000 TCD, Co-generation 29.5 MW, grain based distillery 45 KLPD & 60 KLPD molasses/sugarcane juice/ Sugar Beet based distillery) at village Pande, Tal. Karmala, Dist. Solapur, Maharashtra by big spoon becomes difficult. In such case, the oil & grease escapes out to further downstream units of the ETP to spoil the situation. In aeration tank the contents are further churned and the oil may cover the bacterial cell wall, stopping their work of adsorbing and absorbing the food (BOD) and utilizing the same in turn for their life and growth cycle. The BOD will not get utilized for removal, and the shining oil will escape out from the secondary clarifier to the disposal site. Removal of oil and grease is necessary to increase treat ability. In an industry oil and grease traps are situated close to the source of oil and grease. Various patterns are available for oil and grease trap. The most common is the one in which inlet is below the surface and outlet is at the bottom with sufficient retention period (10-30min). The floating material rises and remains on the surface of the wastewater. The oil & grease will be collected in a separate sump, by manually or mechanically, from where it can be removed with the help of a hand pump. Considering floating matter and oil & grease in the effluent. It is advised to provide oil & grease trap near mills as major oil & grease come from milling section. V-Notch The triangular or V-notch sharp-crested consist of an angular notch cut into a bulkhead in the flow channel. The apex of the notch is at the bottom, and the sides are set equally on either side of a vertical line from the apex. The angle of the notch most commonly used is 90o .The discharge equation of a free flowing triangular weir takes the form.

1/2 3 Q = 8 x (2 g) CD. H5/2/ 15 ------m /S Where, h (m) = head referred to the vortex of the notch g = 9.81 m/S2

CD = discharge coefficient, which is given by following table. Head, h(M) 0.050 0.075 0.100 0.125 0.150 0.200 0.300 Value of CD 0.608 0.598 0.588 0.588 0.586 0.585 0.585 Equalization Tank Equalization is often used for smoothening out individual wastewater stream flow variations so that a composite stream of relatively constant flow rate is fed to the treatment plant and, also to even out variations in effluent feed BOD to the treatment facility. The equalization tank should not work as settling tank. The solids should be kept is suspension. For this, the water must be in motion. A stirrer, mixer, agitator, or diffused air is employed.

159

Primary Clarifier Purpose of this process is to reduce settable suspended solids content of the wastewaters. When a liquid containing such solids is detained without disturbances for a time, particles of higher specific gravity will settle and those with lower specific gravity will float. About 50- 65 % removal of suspended solids and 20-40 % of the BOD removal can be achieved in a properly designed and operated primary clarifier. Common retention time is 90-150 minutes based on average rate of flow. If these precede a biological treatment unit, 30-60 minutes retention time is sufficient. Sugar factory effluent contains bagacillo particles as a suspended particle. These should to be separated out before the biological treatment.

Anaerobic Digester The supernatant from primary clarifier is further subjected to anaerobic digester. It is submerged digester with plastic media. The microbial growth is retained on the plastic media making possible higher loading rates and efficient digestion. The BOD removal is about 80%.

Advantages: 1) Higher degree of stabilization. 2) Little sludge production. 3) Low capital and operating cost. Aeration Tank The effluent from anaerobic lagoon is further subjected to aeration tank. The biological treatment of effluent by aeration process with sludge culture is very sensitive. The efficiency depends on pH, temperature, air contact, suspended solids, culture growth, and concentration of floc that is optimum mixed liquor suspended solids concentration (MLSS). The microbial culture concentration is to be maintained in the range of 1500 to 4000 mg/l. Hence initial culture development and maintaining of activated sludge rate by re-circulation of sludge and addition of cow dung, urea, DAP and their mixing are essential. The nutrients are to be in liquid form. The ratio of BOD: N: P is 100:5:1 will be maintained. Care is to be taken not to destabilize the microbial culture.

Secondary Clarifier

160

It is a cylindrical concrete tank with conical bottom. There is a central well to which water is fed to avoid short-circuiting of water into the overflows. The central stirrer is rotated at 2 RPH. Sludge will be collected at the bottom from where it re-circulated to aeration tank and excess sludge is taken on sludge drying beds by pumping. There is circumferential overflow from which treated effluent is collected and sent for agricultural use. Sludge Drying Beds Sludge drying beds will be provided for the disposal of sludge from clarifier. The dried cakes will be scrapped off periodically and can be utilized as manure.

Distillery

Molasses based Distillery spent wash Treatment The spent wash generated from distillery unit will be concentrated in Multiple Effect Evaporator system to concentrate effluent up to 55 to 60 percent solids. The 60 KLPD distillery generates about 175 TPD concentrated Spent wash and it will be incinerated in 35 TPH Boiler using coal as supplementary fuel (138 TPD) to generate power simultaneously achieving achieve zero discharge. It is proposed to store concentrated spent wash during emergency and repair & maintenance of boiler unit. Process condensate shall be treated in condensate treatment plant. Spent wash storage capacity will be maximum 15 days (@175 T/d, 2625 Tons or ~ 2188 Cu.M.). It will be made impervious Pucca lagoon as shown in Figure 4.1.

161

Figure 4.1: Spent wash lagoon details

4.3.5.1 Spent wash storage lagoon details  Storage lagoon capacity: Five days.  Preparation of embankment in soil for all four sides 1:2 slopes to be maintained.  Proper compaction.  Laying of 250 micron thick HDPE sheet  Flat brick lining over HDPE sheet for bottom and slopes in cement mortar 1:5 with pointing.  Construction of the wall to avoid underscoring of the embankment during heavy rains.  Lagoon top with bricks on edge in cement mortar 1:5.  Two coats of coal tar epoxy paint (120 micron total)  Provision of fencing around the lagoon to prevent entry of trespassers and stray animals

162

4.3.5.2 CREP Guidelines and its compliance mechanism  The guidelines recommended through CREP, which will be implemented by the project proponent, are as follows.  Spent wash storage lagoon of 5 days capacity  Impervious lagoons, constructed leak-proof, lined with HDPE sheets and protected by brick lining  Lined with HDPE sheets and protected with Reinforced cement concrete(RCC)  Provisions for leachate collection gutter and sump well as well as spent wash sprinkling pipeline network.  Provision of modern machinery for turning of wind rows and spraying of spent wash Stillage treatment of Grain Based distillery Unit

The stillage from Distillation section is passed through decanter where cake and thin stillage are separated. The recovered thin stillage from decanter is concentrated in the Multiple Effect evaporator System (MEE) till 38% concentration. The product/thick syrup from the MEE is mixed with cake recovered from decanter to form Distillers’ Wet Grains Solubles (DWGS) to achieve zero discharge. The mixture is sent to the dryer and the dried product (DDGS) is used as cattle feed. Part of the thin stillage [approximately 40% to 50%] is recycled to liquefaction section and Fermenters Dryer will be installed in order to dry DWGS from distillation. Generally, 30- 35% yield of DDGS (Distillers’ Dry Grain Solubles) is obtained on the basis of grains consumed. It is a good cattle feed as seen from the following analysis.

Table 4.14: Characteristics of DDGS Sr. No. Particulars Values, Percent 1 Moisture 14.14 2 Protein, Crude 32.91 3 Fat 7.63 4 Crude Fibre 11.85 5 Nitrogen Free Extract 30.45 6 Total Ash 3.05 7 Acid insoluble ash 0.46 8 Calcium 3.22 9 Phosphorus 0.46 10 Salts as NaCl 0.03 163

Treatment of Distillery (Process condensate, spent lees) & auxiliary units (CO2, CL, IMFL, Malt/grape spirit, Cyclodextrane) - liquid waste Streams for Effluent Treatment Plant-

Table 4.15: Details of liquid effluent stream are as follows m3/d

Sr. Particulars Type of stream No. Sober Moderately polluted 1 Molasses based distillery & CL 14 684 2 Grain based distillery & IMFL 12 446 3 Malt Spirit 15 4 Grape spirit 15 5 Cyclodextrin 7.5 6 Co2 Plant 2.0 Total 26 1169.50 Total effluent generation~ 1195.50 Cu.M/Day Streams considered as feed to Condensate Polishing unit total as 1195.50 m3/d.

C) Domestic effluent Domestic effluent is 180m3/d in quantity and it will be treated in STP of capacity 200 CMD. The flow chart of STP is given in figure 4.2. The domestic waste water (sewage effluent) is required to be treated to bring it to the quality of 100/100 (BOD/SS) standards, suitable for use on gardening, irrigation. This is best done traditionally by providing a sewage treatment plant. VRSL has so proposed. Sub-surface irrigation arrangement or disinfections at the end for freshening up, odor control, disinfections and safety for sewage farm workers shall be provided. Table 4.16: Composition of spent wash from continuous manufacturing process Sr. No. Parameter Raw spent wash(mg/l) Concentrated spent wash (mg/l) 1. Total volume expected 900 CMD 255 2. Color Dark brown Dark brown 3. pH 4.0 – 4.3 3.8 - 4.3 4. COD 110000 – 130000 2,80,000 - 2,90,000 5. BOD 55000 – 65000 85,000 -95,000 6. Total Solids 130000 - 160000 3,00,000- 3,10,000 7. Chloride (Cl) 6000 – 7500 16,000 -17,500 8. Sulphate (SO4) 4500 – 8500 18,500 - 20,000 9. Nitrogen (TKN) 1000 – 1400 2,000 - 2,500 10. Potassium(K2O) 10000 – 14000 25,000 -28,000 11. Sodium (Na) 1400 – 1500 4,000 -4,500 (IL&FS Technical EIA Guideline manual for Distilleries)

164

Table 4.17: Characteristics of Spent Lees

S. No. Parameter Range 1. Volume 240 CMD 2. pH 3.6 – 4.5 3. COD 5000 - 6000 mg/l 4. BOD 200 – 300 mg/l 5. Dissolved Solids 5000 – 6000 mg/l 6. Suspended Solids 500 – 1000 mg/l 7. Chlorides 50 – 100 mg/l (IL&FS Technical EIA Guideline manual for Distilleries)

Table 4.18: Characteristic of wastewater from cooling tower and boiler blow down

Sr. No Parameter Range 1. Quantity 110-120 CMD 2. pH 8.0-9.0 3. COD 1500 4. BOD 60-70 mg/l 5. Suspended solids 800-1500 mg/l 6. Total dissolved solids 1500-3000 mg/l

Table 4.19: Inlet and outlet characteristics of Process Condensate treatment unit

Sr. No Parameter Inlet Outlet Unit 1. Flow 550 467 CMD 2. pH 3.5-4.0 6.5-7.5 - 3. COD <4500 <100 mg/l 4. BOD <3000 <10 mg/l 5. Total dissolved solids <100 - mg/l

4.3.6 Impacts of Solid waste generation Activities  Solid by-products such as bagasse, press mud and molasses are generated as process waste products (by-products) from the industry. The average bagasse, molasses & press mud generation from proposed activity will be 64125, 9000 & 9000 MT/Month respectively.  Press mud is supplied to member formers for their used as bio–manure and molasses is used in distillery for its use as raw material in manufacture of ethanol. Bagasse produced from the sugar factory is used as a fuel in the boilers for steam generation. Solid wastes

165

such as boiler ash, ETP sludge and lime sludge are also produced from the sugar industry. These are disposed to farmers for their use as soil conditioner in land.

Impact

Disposal of solid waste leads to change in characteristics like porosity, soil fertility etc. These factors cause germination disorders in seeds that are plated. Infiltration of silt and sand with storm water collection. Mitigation Measures

 Proposed distillery unit will be zero liquid discharge distillery unit. No spent wash shall be disposed of on land. All solid waste and hazardous waste from the proposed Distillery Unit will be properly collected, stored and disposed.  The hazardous waste i.e. spent oil generated will be very minor and will be burnt in boiler along with fuel.  Solid waste such as CPU sludge will be used as manure as it is non-hazardous.  Yeast sludge mixed in press mud and will be used as manure.  Boiler coal ash will be sold to brick manufacturer and spent wash ash will be used as manure as it is rich in potash.  Storm water will be collected in proposed rain water harvesting pits & will recharge the ground water. Permeable paving & impermeable surfaces will be provided for runoff collection in storm water collection pits.  Greenbelt has been planned for the proposed project which will result in the overall considerable beneficial impacts on land/ soil. It also prevent erosion of soil by holding the soil by its roots.  DDGS/DWGS treat as product and shall be sell for cattle feeding as rich in protein.

Table 4.20: Non Hazardous solid waste generation/ solid outputs

No. Unit Waste & Quantity, TPD Treatment Disposal 1. Canteen 1.0 Compost Own Garden 2. Colony 2.0 Compost Factory farm Drying beds 3. Sugar Unit ETP sludge 0.325 Own garden & compost

166

Flotation Mixed with Bagasse & Oil & grease 0.146 Technique burnt Press mud 32,000 Compost As soil conditioner Co-gen Units Mixed with 4. Bagasse ash 20.81 As soil conditioner (sugar) PMC Co-gen Units Incineration 5. 84.06 To brick manufacturer (Distillery) Boiler Ash Distillery Units Yeast sludge 15 Compost Factory farm 6. (Molasses & ETP Sludge 0.25 Compost Own garden Grain) Malt Spirit based 7. Residue feed 3.90 - As cattle feed (5KLPD) Grape Spirit Grape 8. 19.5 Compost Factory farm/ Own garden based (5KLPD) residue Cyclodextrane Grain 9. Plant 750Kg/day - as cattle feed residue (2.5 MT/day) Waste 10. Office 0.50 Sale Non – Hazardous Papers Waste 11. Packing section 0.50 Sale Non – Hazardous papers

Table 4.21: Hazardous waste

S. List of processes Waste stream Remark please vide note No generating hazardous waste 1 Distillery Units- Cleaning 38.1 Chemicals The number of barrels of barrels which have held containing containing Turkey Red Oil is chemical substances residues from only few, as the substance is barrel cleaning not a raw material. It is merely 38.2 Sludge form an anti-foam agent. These are waste water on returnable basis to purification suppliers. So, also can be said for the yeast supplement substances, like nutrients, which comes in bags only. 2 Sugar unit - 34.4 The The waste/residue containing Wastes/residue wastes/residue oil in sugar unit (~ 146 Kg/day) containing oil containing oil would be mixed with bagasse at sugar ETP and burnt in the boiler. unit

167

4.3.7 Impacts on Biological environment Minor impact on flora/fauna and habitats, but no negative impacts on ecosystem function. Limited damage to minimal area of land. Temporary damage (< 1 month) to flora of fauna habitats. The proposed units will be in existing factory premises. There will be no tree cutting will take place. As site is flat with some undulating patches, very little leveling activities will be required. Hence, no impact on existing landscape is anticipated. There are no wild life sanctuaries with in the study zone. Within the 10 km from project site dry vegetation is found. The impact on flora is insignificant. Factory will develop green belt which help to control temperature and keep the surroundings cool. It will help to attract avifauna and create suitable habitat to micro flora and fauna. The green belt will help as a sink to dust and gaseous pollutants. While developing proposed green belt native, ornamental, medicinal values trees will be planted; which results in enrichment of biodiversity & beautification of area. Activity and its impacts

Impacts on ecology shall be from the following sources:

 Flue gas emissions in the air will lead to increase in concentration of Particulate Matter, minor sulfur dioxide and oxides of nitrogen. An increase in air pollutants may affect the vegetation growth in and around the area.  Dust emission is envisaged during material handling & transportation, which affects the growth of vegetation.  Disposal of solid / hazardous waste on land pollute the soil, which eventually affect the vegetation Mitigation measures

To mitigate the above mentioned impact following mitigation measures will be implemented:

 Air pollution control equipment like Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP) will be provided to reduce the emission of particulate matter

168

 Well-designed material storage area as well as handling facilities will be provided to prevent particulate emissions from the storage, handling, & transportation activities.  Solid waste storage area will be designed as per the guidelines to avoid the leachate percolation into the ground or water bodies.  Distillery process condensate effluent will be treated in condensate polishing unit and recycled in the process.  Greenbelt area will be developed in & around the plant premises and shall be maintained properly.  There is no any discharge from the project activities. Existing sugar ETP treated water is used for exiting green belt/irrigation development and irrigation purpose. However, no any impact on the biological environment has been found any alteration or destruction to the biological environment.  All efforts will be put-up by the factory management to maintain the ecological balance and improve the environment in terms of ecology and Green Belt development. Industry will follow the zero discharge norms. Hence no adverse impacts on surrounding ecology.

4.3.8 Socio-Economic Environment

The impact of the proposed plant on Socio-Economic conditions of the study area is expected to be positive

 Increase in floating population.  Increase in demand of ancillary services including hotels, lodges, retail shops, banks, automobile workshops, school, health care centres, public transport and other logistics services. This will help in upliftment of local people in terms of economy and social welfare  Economic upliftment of the area.  Rising of home rents, land prices and increase in labour rates.  Benefits due to the civil construction and transportation companies to the local people  The local population will have employment opportunities due to the proposed project. The local people will be preferred as laborious during the construction phase  Local people shall be given preference for employment depending on their qualification

169

 All the applicable guidelines under the relevant Acts and Rules related to labour welfare and safety shall be implemented during the construction phase;  The contractor shall be advised to provide fire wood/kerosene/LPG to the workers to prevent cutting of nearby trees 4.3.9 Occupational Health & Safety  Workplace area involving Milling, Pan boiling, Centrifugation, production unit, distillation unit, Boiler section, turbine section, raw material handling area etc.  It is envisaged that occupational health hazards shall be associated with operational activities such as spillage and exposure to the chemical, mechanical hazards like cuts and hits and electrical shocks.  Accident due to fall from height, burn injury and trap in the machine or motors during operation. All these above mentioned impact or risk associated with various operational activities of the plant shall be mitigated by implementing the following measures,  All safety signs will be placed at proper location.  First aid kits will be made available at every department  Pre-employment Medical checkup and periodical medical checkup shall be undertaken to know the occupational health hazards at the early stage.  Work permit system will be introduced to avoid the entry or un-authorized working to avoid the incidences which can lead to the accident if proper care is not taken.  All arrangement required for Fire hydrant system shall made at every vulnerable location to have the firefighting facility.  Apart from above, all required Fire Extinguishers shall be provided at appropriate locations  All staff and workers will be trained in firefighting operations and emergency preparedness plan or to tackle the accident  Apart from all engineering control measures, if required necessary PPEs shall be provided as last protection measures to the employees.

170

 Good housekeeping also plays important role in avoiding the undesirable incidences /accidents, hence good housekeeping practices will be employed throughout the Factory premises.

4.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT MATRIX Impact matrix facilitates to identify components and phases of project activities for determination of likely impacts. Matrix identifies the interaction between project activities and environmental components using a grid like table. Entries are made in the cell which highlights impact severity in the form of symbols or numbers or descriptive comments. The impact of different project activities on various environmental components like biological environment, air environment, aesthetics and socio-economic have been summarized in a form of a matrix in below Table Table 4.2: Impact Matrix of Proposed Project

Pre- Construction Phase Operation and maintenance construc tion 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Environment

components Project

activity

’s ’s

reserves Parameters

quipment

Alcohol ManufacturingAlcohol process

Land acquisition clearingSite preparationSite Excavation / Temporary structure Transportation of material Civil/construction work ofInflux construction workers Transportation of material Movement of energy Storage of raw material and finished products Operation of system cooling Pollution control e nonfunctioning

Sugar and Cogeneration power plant Storage & Handling

Raw Material / Finished Products Resources Fuel 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 0 0 0 utilization Electricity 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Water 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -1 0 -1 -1 -1 0 0 -1 0 Constructio 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 n material ex. Stone Land 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Air Air Quality 0 0 -1 -1 - -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 -3 1 Climate 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Water Alteration 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -3 of surface/

171

groundwat er bodies Alteration 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 of surface run-off and interflow Alteration 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 of Hydraulic Regime Contaminat 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 -1 0 -1 -1 -1 -3 ion Soil/Land Soil erosion 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Contaminat 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -1 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -3 ion Alteration 0 0 -1 -1 0 -1 -1 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 -1 -3 of Soil properties/ Soil Quality Land 0 -1 -1 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 topography Noise Noise 0 0 -1 -1 - -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 -1 -2 pollution 1 Ecology Effect on 0 -1 -1 -1 - 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 -3 trees, 1 grasses, herbs & shrubs Effect on 0 0 0 0 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 farmland 1 Effect on 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 aquatic Effects on 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -2 fauna Habitat 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 change and removal Introduce 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 new exotic species Occupational Health 0 0 -1 -1 - -1 0 -1 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 -3 Health & 1 Hazards Sanitation 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Socioeconom Creation of + 0 0 0 0 +1 0 +1 0 +1 0 0 0 0 0 ic new 1 economic activities Commercial + 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 value of 1 properties Generation 0 0 0 0 0 +1 0 0 0 +1 +1 +1 +1 0 0 of temporary 172

and permanent Jobs Effect on 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 crops Reduction 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 of farmland productivit y Income for + 0 0 0 + 0 0 +1 0 +2 0 0 0 0 0 the state 1 1 and private sector Savings in 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 +2 0 +1 0 0 0 foreign currency for the state Training in 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 +1 +1 0 0 0 0 new technologie s and new skills to workers Political/so 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -2 cial Conflicts Land use 0 0 -1 -1 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 change Aesthetics 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 and human interest Cultural 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 status

Evaluation marking criteria

Description Value No / Zero Impact : 0 Minor/ Negligible negative impacts : -1 Minor / Negligible positive impacts : +1 Significant negative impact : -2 Significant positive impact : +2 High negative impact : -3 High positive impact : +3

173

4.3.1 Conclusion of impact matrix assessment Proper Environment Management of Proposed project will not have any significant negative impacts on the environment. In absence of pollution control equipment, project will have high negative impact. Appropriate Environmental Management Plan (EMP) nullifies all high potential adverse impacts. Emergency shutdown of the plant shall be taken in case of failure of waste management system. Moreover, implementation of EMP helps to convert negative impact into positive impacts. Thus proposed project is certainly safe from the environmental point of view.

174

CHAPTER V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

5.1 Analysis of Alternatives It is the best practice that the EIA should consider project alternatives and their relative potential impact on the environment. Alternatives must, however, be both practical and reasonable, within the overall constraints of the proposed project development.

A project of any nature consists of various activities, which involve men, money and material. These activities may consume natural resources and discharge wastes, which are likely to have serious consequence to the environment. A number of alternative options may be available to carry out many of these activities. An option with least or nil adverse environment impacts is to be selected. Critical analysis is therefore required for selection of the right alternative. Alternative Analysis (AA) has been done for critical aspects of the project. The project will be using ample availability of sugarcane from command area & bagasse (renewable energy source) from existing sugar unit for generation additional power to supply much needed power to national grid. Proposed integrated project will help to get good rates to shareholders & upliftment of economic conditions. Displacement of fossil fuel energy production during bagasse use period will also result in net reduction in CO2 emissions so contributing to the control of climate change.

The project would also provide additional revenue to the sugar industry which will help to secure its future and so offset some of the current and increasing pressures on the financial viability of the sugar sector.

M/s Vithal Refined Sugar Ltd. (VRSL) has proposed Sugar complex consists of Sugar unit (5000TCD), Co-generation (29.5 MW), Distillery Units (Molasses based- 60 KLPD & grain based- 45 KLPD), Malt spirit & grape spirit (Each-5 KLPD), Carbon-di-oxide recovery plant (50 TPD), Cyclodextrin (2.5 TPD), IMFL (1 Lakh cases/Month), Country liquor (2 Lakh cases/Month) at 235, 238, 247, 248, 252, 254, 256 village Pande, Tal. Karmala, and Dist. Solapur in Maharashtra State. While selecting this site VRSL has considered following factors on the basis of which the site was finalized. 175

5.2 Analysis of Site Alternatives A number of factors related to economical crushing, sugar production, economic power generation, power evacuation and environmental aspects are involved in site selection. The important factors which influence the project site selection are given below: 1) Techno-economic considerations 2) Available infrastructure 3) Environmental considerations

5.2.1 Techno-Economic Considerations The techno-economic considerations in the selection of a site are as detailed below:  Availability of suitable land for proposed project.  Availability of facility for receipt of raw materials such as sugarcane, bagasse etc.  Availability of adequate water for process within reasonable distance.  Suitability of land from topography and geological aspects  No displacement of people.  Availability of construction water and power. 5.2.2 Available Infrastructure Available Infrastructure considerations in the selection of a site are as detailed below:  Availability of Land , Water resources  Availability of infrastructure facilities such as State Highway road access to the proposed project site for ease of transportation of workforce, consumables, plant equipment’s and fuel etc.,  Facility for interconnection with transmission and distribution systems for evacuation of power, transportation of sugarcane & sugar also.  Availability of facilities like medical, education, civic amenities and railway station within a reasonable distance from the site. 5.2.3 Environmental Consideration  Environmental considerations critical to the selection of a site are listed below:  Avoiding the use of forest land  Minimum use of cultivable land

176

 Away from thickly populated town  Minimum requirement of cutting of trees  No displacement of people  Away from critically polluted area  Away from national park and wildlife sanctuaries  Away from tiger reserve/Elephant reserve/turtle nestling ground  Away from core zone of biosphere reserve  Away from Archeological sites  Away from defense installations As per above site selection criteria the proposed site is most suitable for set-up the plant.

5.3 Analysis of alternative technology

The technology selection is done on the basis of following considerations

 Indigenous technology  Least stress on resources  Reduce, recycle and reuse of wastes  Reduce the pollution from the industry  No risk to human and property

Technology selection will be done on the basis of efficient utilization of raw material, water, electricity, fuel, and considering the recycle and reuse of wastes generated from industry. The operations of Sugar factory mainly consist of milling, clarification, crystallization. Technology for producing sugar is well proven technology over a few decades all over the world. No adverse impacts are anticipated due to proposed project. Hence no alternative technologies are considered. Distillery will be mainly Continuous Fermentation & Mutli-Pressure Distillation. Fermentation process are classified as Batch and Continuous fermentation. In batch fermentation, the bacteria are inoculated into the bioreactor. Then, under controlled conditions (temperature 300C-320C, pH 4.8-5.8, aeration, etc.) the bacteria go through all the growth phases (lag, exponential, stationary). At last, the fermentation is stopped and the

177

Distillation

Distillation is a process of separating the component substances from a liquid mixture by selective evaporation and condensation. In alcohol production the boiling points of the components in the mixture will be sufficiently close. It is the separation of a mixture into its component parts, or fractions, separating chemical compounds by their boiling point by heating them to temperature at which one or more fractions of the compound will vaporize. Therefore fractional distillation is used in order to separate the components by repeated vaporization-condensation cycles within a packed fractionating column. This separation, by successive distillations, is also referred to as rectification. Fractional distillation separates alcohol with other fractions at their respective boiling points and extracts the alcohol concentration up to 95-96 % v/v. The obtained alcohols are termed as Rectified Spirit (RS) and distill further to produce extra neutral alcohol. At the end, remaining the dark brown liquid mass in distillation column called Spent Wash. Proposed distillery is proposes multi pressure distillation. Multi pressure distillation has following advantages,  Lower steam consumption  Lower scale formation  Reduced by-product formation in the mash column 178

In Multi Effect Evaporated distillation the mash column is operated under vacuum and is heated by overhead alcohol vapors from the rectifying column. Thus, steam supply to the mash column is saved. Similarly, other columns are also operated 'in-pair' using overhead vapors from one to heat the other. There could be nearly a 50% saving in energy.

Multi-pressure vaccum distillation system for production of Extra Neutral Alcohol consists of distillation columns namely- 1. Degasifying-cum-analyzer column- Operation under vaccum 2. Pre-rectification-cum-Exhaust column- Operation under vaccum. 3. Extractive Distillation Column- Operation under pressure 4. Rectifier-cum- Exhaust column- Operated under pressure 5. Recovery/Fused Oil Column- Operated under pressure 6. Simmering Column- Operated under atmospheric or vaccum Pre-heated fermented wash is fed at the top of the Degassifier column. Analyzer Column is provided with re-boiler. Top vapours of analyzer column containing all the alcohol in the wash are sent to Pre-rectifier column and are taken out as spent wash from Analyzer column bottom. Low Boiling impurities are concentrated in the Pre-rectifier column. A draw of impure alcohol is taken out from the top of the Pre-rectifier column. RS draw is taken from the top of Pre-rectifier column, which further is sent to Extractive Distillation (Purifier) column. Dilution water in the ratio of 1:8 to 1:9 is fed to this column. The Extractive Column operates on the principle of inversion of relative volatility.

Low boiling impurities are separated in the purifier column & bottom is sent to Rectifier- cum-Exhaust column. The Rectifier/Exhaust Column concentrates the alcohol to 96% v/v. The high- grade spirit is drawn from upper trays of the rectification column. Fusel oil build up is avoided in the Rectifier-cum-exhaust column by withdrawing side streams (Fusel oils).

Purifier condensates, Degasifier condensates & fusel oil draw from Rectifier/Exhaust column are sent to Recovery column where these fusel oils are concentrated and then sent to decanter where these streams are diluted with water and fusel oil rich layer is separated. Washings are sent back to the column to recover alcohol.

179

The high spirit draw from the Rectifier column is sent to the Simmering column where methanol is separated in the form of a cut from the top and ENA is taken out from the bottom. ENA draw from the simmering column is taken to the receiver after cooling in ENA cooler. The steam consumption of this set up would be of about 6.5% of total spirit production. Distillation System with re-boilers: Some of the old atmospheric distillation based as well as all new multi-pressure distillation based distilleries have installed re-boilers along with distillation column to concentrate spent wash & reduce effluent generation. Use of re- boilers results in indirect heating of distillation columns and restricts the mixing of steam condensate with spent wash. Steam condensate can be recycled as boiler feed water or can be used as process water.

Benefits of Pressure Multi-pressure Vacuum Distillation

Following are the advantages of Multi-pressure vacuum distillation over atmospheric distillation.

 Since the analyzer column operates under vacuum, the formation of by-products such as acetyl may minimize there by improvement in quality of alcohol.  Pre-rectification column ensures removal of sulfur compounds/ mercaptans and also reduces load of lower boiling volatile compounds passing on to Rectifier cum exhaust column.  The chances of scaling due to invert solubility of certain precipitating inorganic salts are minimized in vacuum distillation.  Vacuum distillation requires low steam consumption with re-boiler.  Technology for producing alcohol from fermentation is well proven technology over a few decades all over the world. No adverse impacts are anticipated due to proposed project. Hence no alternative technologies are considered.

180

5.4 Wastewater treatment options Distillery

Spent wash generated during the process of distillation will be treated in multiple effective evaporators to concentrate the spent wash followed by slope fired boiler. Alternative methods of spent wash treatment are given in Fig. 5.1.

Spent wash

Anaerobic digestion – Biogas Multiple Effect Evaporation (MEE)

Reverse Osmosis RO) Multiple Effect Evaporation (MEE)

Multiple Effect Cement/ Thermal Evaporation power plant

Bio-composting Spray dryer/ rotary dryer Slop fired boiler

Figure 5.1: Alternative technologies for spent wash treatment (Guidelines On Techno – Economic Feasibility Of Implementation Of Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) For Water Polluting Industries By Central Pollution Control Board January 2015)

Considering the aspect reuse of water recycling, cost of the technology and treatment efficiency, the industry has decided to adopt Multi effect evaporator followed slop fired boiler for the proposed. Brief of both the system is given below,

Multi Effect Evaporator (MEE)

 Well established technology for concentration up to 40 % solids, which can result in substantial spent wash volume reduction.  Integrated raw spent wash evaporation can result in reduction of final volume. Slop fired boiler

181

 Solids concentrate (55 to 60 %) or spent wash powder is fired in a specially designed boiler with or without subsidiary fuel. Steam generated runs a TG set to generate electricity. Exhaust steam is used in distillery and evaporation plant operations  Overall system is supposed to be self-sustaining in terms of steam and power balance after initial stabilization period.  Potash rich ash as a by-product. Sugar: Effluent treatment technology Sugar industry is an agro based that generate effluent (wastewater) loaded with organic matter. If this effluent discharged in the environment without any treatment or insufficient treatment, it causes soil pollution as well as ground/surface water pollution. Also, this effluent may disturb the aquatic ecology and flora and fauna of terrestrial ecosystems. Hence it is very important to plan proper treatment program for the industrial effluents. Alternatives Treatment Options Sugar factory effluent contains oil and grease, suspended solids and dissolved solids. For separation of oil and grease and suspended solids, preliminary treatments such as bar screen, oil & grease traps are installed in factories. Factories are facing problem of higher levels suspended solids with the effluent, due to which there is increase in BOD load around 30 to 40%. Therefore, it is very essential to install oil and grease removal mechanism. Screen chamber, equalization, neutralization units & primary clarifier are intended for separation of suspended solids, oil and grease and pH neutralization respectively. The primary treatment section of ETP unit comprises of these unit. The next treatment for the neutralized effluent having lots of alternatives which is discussed as follows,

Alternatives Technology for Secondary Treatment 1. Extended Aeration (EA) 2. Activated Sludge Process (ASP) 3. Anaerobic Lagoon (AL)followed by ASP 4. Anaerobic Digester followed by ASP 5. Bio-tower followed by ASP 6. Moving Bed Bio-Reactor (MBBR) - Recent Technology 7. Membrane Bio-Reactor (MBR) - Recent Technology

182

8. Bio-tower + Moving Bed Bio-Reactor (MBBR) 9. Bio-tower + Membrane Bio-Reactor (MBR) 10. Bio-tower followed by ASP

Considering all available technological options, the industry has planned to implement install anaerobic filter, aeration tank, primary, and sec. settling tank.

5.5 Conclusion Technology selection is done on the basis of efficient utilization of raw material, water, electricity, fuel, and considering the recycle and reuse of wastes generated from industry. Considering the advantages and technology feasibility, distillery will be operated through Continuous Fermentation & Mutli Pressure Distillation. Spent wash generated during the process of distillation will be treated in multiple effective evaporators to concentrate the spent wash followed by slope fired boiler. The proposed spent wash treatment option will be able to achieve the aim of “zero discharge” of effluent.

183

CHAPTER VI ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 Introduction This chapter contains technical aspects of monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measures and the environmental management plan. It delivers environment monitoring program, its frequency, parameters and methodology for air, water, noise, and solid hazardous waste/ soil environment. It ensures the smooth execution of EMP and also monitors the changes in the ambient environmental quality due to the proposed project. It includes laboratory and other facilities monitoring facilities, environmental parameters to be monitored and data to be analyzed and sampling location and schedule. It also includes budgetary provision and procurement schedule for the monitoring facilities.

6.1 Importance of Post Environment Monitoring Regular monitoring of environmental parameters is of immense importance to assess the status of environment during project operation. With the knowledge of baseline conditions, the monitoring programme will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental conditions due to operation of the project, to enable taking up suitable mitigatory steps in time to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is an important for control of pollution since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring. Usually, as in the case of the study, an Impact Assessment study is carried over short period of time and the data cannot bring out all variations induced by the natural or human activities. Therefore, regular monitoring programme of the environmental parameters is essential to take into account the changes in the environmental quality. An environmental monitoring program is important as,

 It assists in detecting the impacts and control measures.  It evaluates the performance and effectiveness of mitigation measures proposed in the Environment Management Plan (EMP) and suggests improvements in management plan, if required. An Environmental Monitoring Program has scheduled with the following objectives,

184

 To verify the result of the impact assessment study with respect to new developments  To study the parameters which have been identified as critical  Status of pollution load within the project site and its vicinity  Generation of data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution  To check or assess the efficiency of controlling measures

6.2 Objective of Monitoring Plan The basic objective of implementing a monitoring plan on a regular basis is as follows:  To know the pollution status within the plant and its vicinity.  Generate data for corrective action in respect of pollution.  Correlate the production operations with emission and control mechanism.  Examine the performance of pollution control system.  Assess the Environmental impacts.  Remedial measures and environment management plan to reverse the impacts.

6.3 Environment Monitoring Plan The post project monitoring plan will be as follows,

 Prior to the commencement of operation  After 6 months of commencement of operation  Once in a year from the commencement of operation

6.3.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan during Construction Phase The construction activities require clearing of vegetation, mobilization of construction material and equipment. The proposed activity envisages setting up of boilers, turbines and cooling towers, establishment of storage facilities. The generic environmental measures that are to be undertaken during project construction stage are given in Table 6.1.

185

Table 6.1: Environmental Monitoring Plan during Construction Phase

Environmental Facets Parameter Frequency of Monitoring

Air Emissions Random checks of Weekly equipment’s logs/manuals Vehicle logs Weekly during site clearance & construction activities Gaseous emissions (SO2, Monthly emission monitoring CO,NOX) The ambient air quality will As per CPCB/ SPCB conform to the standards for requirement or on monthly PM10,PM2.5,SO2,NOX and CO basis whichever is earlier Noise Equipment logs, noise reading Weekly during construction Working hour records Daily records Maintenance of record of Daily records vehicles Spot Noise recording As per CPCB/SPCB requirement or on monthly basis whichever is earlier Wastewater Discharge No discharge hoses shall be in Monthly during construction vicinity of watercourse activities. Soil Erosion Effective cover in place Period during construction activities Drainage & effluent Visual inspection of drainage Weekly during construction Management and record thereof activities Waste Management Comprehensive Waste Fortnightly check during Management plan should be construction activities in place and available for inspection onsite. Non-routine events & Mock drills and records of the Monthly during construction accidental releases same activities Health of workers All relevant parameters Monthly check ups including HIV Loss of flora and fauna No. of plants, species During site clearance Phase.

6.3.2 Post project Environmental Monitoring Plan Environmental parameters to be monitored and its frequency after commissioning of proposed project is mentioned in Table 6.2

186

Table 6.2: Environmental monitoring schedule

Sr. Particulate Parameters Number of location Frequency No 1. Ambient air PM10, PM2.5, SO2, Ambient air quality at minimum Monthly quality NOx etc. 3 locations. Two samples downwind direction at 500m and 1000m respectively. One sample upwind direction at 500m. 2. Stack gas PM, SO2 and NOx Number of stacks Monthly Online stack monitoring is - installed for existing system. 3. Work place PM2.5, SO2, NOx, Process emission in workplace Monthly O3 area/plants (for each area/plant minimum 2 locations and 1 location outside plant area near vent) 4. Waste water pH, EC, SS, TDS, Wastewater from all sources. Monthly O&G, Ammonical Inlet & outlet of ETP, spent Nitrogen, COD, wash, Condensate treatment BOD, Chloride, plant Sulphides etc. Online Monitoring machine is already installed at existing ETP. Camera at spent wash tank is also installed. 5. Surface water pH, Salinity, 3-5 location Half yearly and ground Conductivity, TDS, Ground as well as Surface water. water Turbidity, DO, Within 1 km radius from spent BOD, Phosphate, wash tank and compost yard. 2 Nitrates, locations downward 1 location Sulphates, upward additional three Chlorides, Total locations within 10 km radius Coliforms (TC) & from the site. E.Coli River sample One each at upstream and downstream 6. Solid waste Ash  Process dust generated sludge Monthly and ash.  Before used as manure if used manure 7. Soil Organic N, P, K, moisture, At lands utilizing compost Pre – and Inorganic EC, heavy metals manure and treated effluent, monsoon matter etc. 3 locations and Post monsoon

187

Sr. Particulate Parameters Number of location Frequency No 8. Noise Equivalent noise 5 location Monthly level - dB (A) at At all source and outside the min. Noise Levels Plant area. measurement at high noise generating places as well as sensitive receptors in the vicinity 9. Green belt Number of In and around the plant site Monthly plantation (units), number of survived plants/ trees, number of poor plant/ trees. 10. Soil Texture, pH, 2-3 near Solid/ hazardous waste Quarterly electrical storage. conductivity, At least five locations from cation exchange Greenbelt and area where capacity, alkali manure of biological waste is metals, Sodium applied. Absorption Ratio Near spent wash storage lagoon (SAR), permeability, porosity. 11. Occupational Health and fitness All worker Yearly/ twice health checkup of a year employees getting exposed to various hazards and all other staff 12. Emergency Fire protection and Mock drill records, on site Monthly preparedness, safety measures to emergency plan, evacuation during such as fire take care of fire plan operation fighting and explosion phase hazards, to be assessed and steps taken for their prevention.

188

6.4 Monitoring methodologies Environmental samples will be collected as per the guidelines provided by MoEFCC/ CPCB. The method followed for monitoring will be recommended/ standard method approved/ recommended by MoEFCC/ CPCB. Detail of the same is mentioned in Table 6.3. Table 6.3: Methodology of Environmental Monitoring

Sr. Description Method No Sampling/ Preservation Analysis 1. Ambient air Samplers (Designed as per Any standard methods such as monitoring USEPA) to collect PM 2.5, PM10 & IS 5182, CPCB guideline etc. the gaseous samples 2. Stack gas Samplers (Designed as per - monitoring USEPA) to collect particulate matter & the gaseous samples 3. Water and waste Standard methods for Standard methods for water examination of water and examination of water and wastewater published by APHA wastewater published 21st edition, 2005 by APHA 21st edition, 2012 4. Noise monitoring Instrument : Sound level meter - 5. Soil monitoring Collected as per soil analysis Analysis reference book, reference book, M. I. Jackson M. I. Jackson and soil and soil analysis reference book analysis reference book by C.A. Black by C.A. Black

6.5 Reporting and documentation All the necessary reports and documents will be prepared to comply with statutory rules and regulations. The records of the monitoring program along with the results of all the parameters being monitored will be maintained on regular basis. The environmental monitoring activities will be recorded and the following documents are proposed to be maintained, 1. Log sheets of operation and maintenance of pollution control facilities/ equipment such as ETP/slope fired boiler operation and test results of inlet and outlet. 2. Instruction manuals for operation and maintenance of pollution control facilities/ equipment like ETP as well as for manual for monitoring of water, solid and gaseous parameter discharged from the project. 3. Statutory records as per the environment related legislation. 4. Monthly and annual progress report. 189

5. Bi-annual compliance statement for Regional Office, MoEFCC. 6. Annual environmental audit statements and compliance to NOC/ Consent conditions to State Pollution Control Board/ Regional Office, MoEFCC.

6.6 Laboratory Facility The plant is having in-house environmental laboratory for the routine monitoring of water and wastewater. The outside agencies are also being hired for analysis of other environment aspects like air, noise, and soil. The following equipment’s are recommended to the project proponent for implementing the post project environmental monitoring program.

6.7 Formulation of Environment Management Cell (EMC) The Environmental Management Cell shall be responsible for the environmental management, monitoring, and implementation activities of the proposed unit. EMC will carry out various activity of environment under the supervision of the Head of the plant. EMC cell shall be responsible for,  Monitoring of efficiency of pollution control equipment’s  Preparation of maintenance schedule of pollution control equipment and treatment plants and see that it is followed strictly.  Monitoring activities within core and buffer zone of proposed project as per monitoring schedule.  Inspection and regular cleaning of setting tanks, drainage system etc.  Greenbelt development and maintenance  Water and energy conservation measures  Good housekeeping Structure of EMC is mentioned in below

Table 6.4: Environment Monitoring Cell

General Manager : One Environment Officer (Sugar + Distillery) : One + One Chemist (Sugar + Distillery) : One + One Laboratory Attendants (Sugar + Distillery) : One + One Safety Officer : One Supporting Staff : Two

190

6.8 Effective Implementation on Environmental Monitoring Programme The mitigation measures suggested in Chapter IV Anticipated Environment & Mitigation measures will be implemented so as to reduce the impact on environment due to the operations of the proposed project. In order to facilitate easy implementation of mitigation measures, the phased priority of implementation is given in Table 6.5. Table 6.5: Implementation Plan to Mitigate Environmental Impact

Sr. No. Recommendations Time Requirement Action 1 Air pollution control Before commissioning of Immediate measures respective units 2 Water pollution control Before commissioning of the Immediate measures plant 3 Noise control measures Along with the commissioning of Immediate the Plant 4 Ecological preservation Stage wise implementation Immediate & and up gradation Progressive 5 Green Belt development Stage wise implementation Immediate & Progressive

6.9 Budgetary provision for environment management Environment management cost will be around Rs. 12.95 cr. & recurring cost will be 47.35 lakhs. The details of EMP cost is mentioned in Table 6.6. Table 6.6: Environment Management Cost

Sr. Capital Cost, Recurring Cost, Description of Item No. Rs Lakh Rs Lakh/ annum 1. Electrostatic precipitators 500 15.00 2. Stacks 170 3.00 Effluent treatment plants (ETP), Sewage 3. 450 12.50 collection, treatment & disposal (STP) 4. Firefighting system 75 2.25 5. Noise Abatement 0.25 0.10 Env. Lab equipment & on line monitoring 6. 50 5.00 system 7. Rain water harvesting 15 4.50 8. Green belt 35 5.00 Total 1295.25 47.35

191

CHAPTER VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES 7.1 Public consultation The project falls under Category “A”, Activity 5 (g), (h), (d) of the EIA notification-2006 (as amended timely), since the proposed project is a distillery project and as per the ToR’s issued by MoEFCC dated 11.03.2018. Hence, Public consultation is applicable to the proposed project. The public consultation has been carried out on 17.06.2017. The news of public hearing to be conducted on the above mentioned date is published in the English & Local Newspaper. The copies of EIA report in English and local language has been made available with the office of pollution control board village Gram Panchayat and the collector office. During the public consultation, all the dignitaries including collector, SRO, RO and has attended the Public hearing. Detail documents of public hearing are attached in annexure. Brief of Public hearing is given below, Date:17.06.2017 Time:11.30 am Venue: At Post Pande, Tal.Karmala, Dist. Solapur Following panel members were present for the : Chairman public hearing: Shri. Ajit Relekar, Additional District Magistrate, Solapur (Representative of district magistrate, Solapur) Shri. J.S. Salunkhe , I/c Regional officer, MPCB, : Member Pune(Representative of MPCB, Mumbai ) Shri. N.S. Awatade, I/c Sub Regional officer, MPCB : Convener Solapur

After completing the presentation, the Honorable Chairman address to all people to start presenting their questions or objections or any suggestions with respect to this proposed project accordingly following discussion / questions-answers started. Shri. Suhas Gholap, resident of Karmala. Technical adviser informed that, He informed that he has submitted his objection for  Advanced technology such as ESP will be the location of the project. He further mentioned that installed to prevent and control the air Forest area is adjacent to the project. The ancient pollution. The project officials are bound Kamala Bhavani Temple at Devicha Mal is just near to follow the prescribed standard for the project. As per the directives, the distance effluent and not a drop of effluent will be between the project and ancient temple should be generated outside the factory. minimum 3 km. The project proponent should give in  NOC is available, however forest land is writing that there will not be any threat to not involved. environment and temple. Further Gholap further  Kamalai temple is not notified under blamed that project proponent misled the archeological department. Certificate government and the local people as declared gut no. from Indian Archeology department is and survey number of the project location are attached herewith. different, sanction plan got approved for another gut 192

number and survey number. Project is commissioned  Factory has submitted undertaking for on different gut no and survey. The proponent has environment protection and protection of carried our trial runs of boiler few days back and there Kamalai temple. was a terrible loud noise and vibration which was  Explanation letter for change of gut no. unbearable. The walls of ancient Kamala Bhavani From Mistry of consumer affairs, food and Temple got the cracks due to vibrations. The issue of P.D. Department of food and public the grant of permission to temple got the cracks due distribution directorate of sugar and veg. to vibration. The issue of grant of permission to this oils, Sugar commissioner, and Survey of project is accepted by the Grampanchayat of Pande India is submitted. village on urgent basis and item is passed any  The Kamlai/ Kamlbhavani temple cracks discussion. The project Proponent should give in on the walls are not due at all due to writing that there will not be any pollution due to this vibration, these cracks are observed since project and there will not be any threat to Kamala 2002, and factory was established in 2015. Bhavani Temple. Shri Salunke (Member) Intervened and asked Managing director of the project informed technical adviser of the project to explain the that, objection point wise as answer be given by company  Advanced technology will be installed to officials for the step to control noise pollution. control the noise pollution. The vibration Whether the project proponent obtained NOC from will be in the project area only and if at all Forest. NOC from competent authority for temple excess vibration occurred, the machinery distance. Explanation letter for change of gut and will be repaired immediately. survey no. from the Revenue Authorities.  Yes, NOC is available and Forest land is not involved.  Explanation letter for change of gut no. From Mistry of consumer affairs, food and P.D. Department of food and public distribution directorate of sugar and veg. oils Sugar commissioner, and Survey of India is submitted. Shri Chandrashekar Vishnue Pawar, resident of the - Devicha Mal: Informed that he stays near the temple only. The temple of Kamala aai is ancient and there were no repairs to the temple since last may years. Hence the temple got the cracks. The cracks on the walls are not due at all due to vibration or any other test carried in the project site. The objection against project proponent is totally misleading. Shri Rajendra Cishnue Pawar, Resident remarked that - Shri Gholap, the previous resident is trying to take political revenge. The local persons desires the project. Chairman of the committee herby asked people to - raise the objection or give suggestions for the environmental protection only and other issues will not be allowed. Convener of the public hearing committee informed NOC from the Indian Archeological that the Kamalal temple whether notified by the department is already submitted to MPCB and competent Authority will be considered. The project also attached herewith. proponent is already directed to obtain NOC from 193

forest Department. NOC from competent authority  Kamalaai temple is not notified under for distance between project and temple. NOC from Archeological department. revenue for objection in change of gut and survey no.  Yes, NOC is available and Forest land is not The respective NOC and letters be obtained while involved. approaching to MoEFCC. The NOC and letters will be  Explanation for change in gut no. from attached to the report of the public hearing for respective departments are attached consideration. herewith. It was mistake from the department not from factory. Shri. Sunil Sawant, resident of Karmala, Dist. Solapur Technical advisor of the project informed that, asked about the steps to control air pollution and job  Bagasse will not be burnt. The electrostatic opportunities to local youths. precipitator will be installed to prevent air pollution.  The project officials are aware that without cooperation from local people, the project could not be succeed.  The local youth will be given preference as per the need of workforce. Under taking for the same. Shri Shivaji Patil, resident of Gulsadi village, Dist. Technical advisor informed that effluent will Solapur, asked the efficient usage of water in the be treated and recycled in the process and for project and whether rain water harvesting system will developing greenbelt. The storage of the rain be installed in the project. water harvesting will be installed. Shri Sunil Bhosale resident of Pande village opened Company officials informed that installation of that there should not be any politics. We want ESP, greenbelt and ZLD will be helpful for project, but local people should not suffer due to reducing the probable air and water pollution smell nuisance of spent wash. The particles of bagasse from factory. should not mix in the air. Shri Sujit Shivaji Bagal, resident of Mangi village Factory has assured local people that factory remarked that project proponent has promised to will be providing job opportunities to local give job opportunities and assurance to give youth for employment purpose. reasonable rat to sugar cane producers hence the project should be completed as early as possible. Shri Jayawant Kamalkar Pawar, resident of Devicha Source of water for production is Mangi Mal, asked about the source of water for production, medium project, permission for the same is plan of green belt development. He further expressed available with factory. Permission letter is fear that Kamalaai Mandir will get affected due to attached herewith. Detailed greenbelt smoke of project. development plan is given in EIA report. Factory has submitted undertaking regarding protection of Kamalai temple. Shri Mahadeo Vayakule, resident of Dhayakhindi Source of water for production is Mangi asked whether the project proponent has obtained medium project, permission for the same is permission to lift the water from reservoir i.e. Pazar available with factory. Permission letter is talav, as it has lifted the water for testing purpose. He attached herewith. Factory is taking efforts for further remarked that if the water is lifted for maximum recycling of waste water. production activities, the adjoining vasties(small Water will not be lifted from Pazar Talav. localities) will not get water for drinking purposes. Shri Salunkhe, member asked how much water will Technical advisor of the project informed that require for distillery project and how it will be treated. approximately 2050 m3 water will required

194

and nearly 76% of water will be recycled and reused. Sugar effluent will be treated through ETP of capacity 1000 m3 and distillery effluent will be treated through MEE followed by incineration boiler of capacity 35 TPH. Hence, no effluent will be discharge directly outside factory unit. ZLD will be achieved. Shri Shivaji Yeraba Pawar, resident of Devicha Mal There is no distillery operating at site hence informed that the Pawar vasti is near the project site there is no question of spent wash smell. It which is suffering due to smell of spent wash. The might be smell of molasses. After installation women are unable to cook as smell of spent wash of distillery, molasses will be consumed and irritates. factory also developing greenbelt around the factory, it will also help to minimize odor. Shri Shahaji Zingade, resident of Pothare village As stated above there is no distillery unit on informed that last year there was epidemic of site. Factory is taking all efforts for Jaundice due to spent wash this should not happen. environment protection. Moreover, factory has submitted undertaking for Environment protection. Shri. Ravindra Valekar, resident of Nimbore village Noise pollution will controlled through regular opined that due to this project local youth will get job maintenance and greenbelt development opportunities. This project will benefited the socio- around the factory. economic development of the area. He requested to control the noise pollution. Shri. Sunandan Reddy, an environmentalist from Under CSR activities skill development training Hyderabad gave suggestions that youth should be program will be conducted. extended skill training. Chairman of the committee informed that as views in - writing is received by the committee, it should not be repeated. Convener of the public hearing committee informed Factory has given undertaking regarding that as local people desires, the project proponent environment protection. Undertaking is should give promises/pledge in writing which will be attached herewith. Detail description of sent along with the report to MOEFCC, GOI. Also as methodology for treatment of effluent is given suggested by the local people, the methodology of in EIA. treatment and disposal of distillery effluent also be given in writing which will be sent to MoEFCC. Chairman of the committee while concluding the Factory will be conducting various CSR actives meeting appealed project proponent to carry the in the area, undertaking for the same is also socio economic development work under CSR fund given and assured that program like Jalyukta and priority be given to Jalyukta Shivar program, Shivar program, removing debris from nearby removing debris from nearby reservoirs, lakes and reservoirs, lakes and from water dams will be from water dams. planned.

7.2 Risk Assessment Disaster is synonymous with 'emergency' as defined by the Ministry of Environment and Forests & Climate Change (MoEF&CC). An emergency occurring in the proposed project is

195

A properly designed and operated plant will have a very low probability (to a level of acceptable risk) of accident occurrence. Subsequently, a properly designed and executed management plan can further reduce the probability of any accident turning into an on-site emergency and/or an off-site emergency.

The three main goals of risk assessment are  Identify risks,  Quantify the impact of the potential threats and  Provide an economic balance between the impact of risk and the cost of the safeguard 7.2.1 Salient Feature of Risk Mitigation  Design, manufacture and construction of buildings, plant and machineries will be as per National and International Codes as applicable in specific cases and laid down by statutory authorities  Provision of adequate access ways for movement of equipment and personnel will be made.  Minimum of two numbers of gates for escape during disaster will be provided  In the vicinity of main plant entrance, there will be an emergency assembly point where plant personnel will assemble in the event of any disaster.  Adequate numbers of Fire Fighting equipment’s & Fire extinguishers will be installed in the work places for emergency purpose and the Supervisors / Workers will be trained to use the equipment’s.  An ambulance will be provided in the factory premises.

196

 A qualified Doctor and a compounder will be employed for attending to any emergency. 7.2.2 Identification of Risks For identification of risk due to proposed project, it requires in depth study of  Raw material  Process Risk  Storages  Operations  Maintenance  Safety  Fire protection  Effluent disposal

A) Risk: Raw material The materials, which will be required to run the plant, are sugarcane, Bagasse, Steam apart from some chemicals (hydrochloric acid and caustic soda to produce DM water, chlorine as disinfectant in the cooling water system, molasses.

B) Risk: Process / Operation Operational risks are categorized below Process hazards: Loss of containment during handling of hazardous materials or processes Resulting in fire, explosion, etc.  Mechanical hazards: Mechanical operations such as welding, maintenance, falling objects etc. - basically those NOT connected to hazardous materials.  Electrical hazards: Electrocution, high voltage levels, short circuit, etc.

C) Risk: Boiler, turbine, generator and associated areas Particular: Failure of safety devices, including pressure relief valves and interlocks. Explosion is expected due to bursting of high pressure equipment’s like boiler, turbine and pipe lines involved the water required for Boiler is pumped and transferred to the boiler by using high- pressure pumps. Also the high-pressure steam generated in the boiler is sent to the turbine through the pipeline. This pipeline will have flanged joints, with sandwich gaskets in

197

D) Risk of Molasses storage tank Molasses can ferment if excessive moisture contamination is allowed. Fermentation can yield carbon dioxide with possible traces of ethanol or volatile fatty acids (e.g. acetic, propionic, lactic, or butyric) and if exposed to a spark or flame may result in an explosion. Fermentation may also occur in dilute surface layers formed by condensation from the headspace above the liquid.  Proper ventilation shall be provided  Inspection and regular monitoring of storage area  Training to Workers for proper handling  PPEs will be provided as Nose mask, Hand gloves.  Provision of level indicators for storage Tanks  If causes eye irritation wash area with soap, flood eye with water and water

E) Risk: Potential exposure to electricity Particular: Entire power plant, specifically the generator area, distribution panel, and control rooms. Follow up of standard operating procedures and regular training on electrical safety. Ensure suitability and adaptability of electrical equipment with respect to classified hazardous areas and protection against lightening protection and static charges. Adopting preventive maintenance practices as per testing and inspection schedules. Ensure all maintenance and repair jobs with prior work permit system. Use of personal protective equipment and ensuring compliance of the Indian Electricity Rules, 2003. Ensure all electrical circuits designed for automatic, remote shut down. F) Risk: Fire incident

198

Particular: Bagasse Storage yard, entire power plant, specifically the Storage area, electrical wearing and fuel handling area. Follow up of standard operating procedures and regular training on fire fighting Mock drills of fire fighting .Installation of fire alarm & proper fire extinguisher. Ensure suitability and adaptability of electrical equipment with respect to classified hazardous areas and protection against lightening protection and static charges. Adopting preventive maintenance practices as per testing and inspection. G) Risk: Solid/ Liquid waste disposal Particular: Ash generated from cogeneration plant, solid waste and effluent generated from sugar unit Standard operating procedures for disposal of ash need to be followed like isolated disposal of hot ash inside the silo, use ash will sold, brick & cement manufacturing industries. Effluent will be treated as per regulatory norms and treated water will be reused. Solid organic waste generated from sugar unit will be used as manure. Regular monitoring will be carried out as per schedule to avoid any kind of pollution H) Risk: Health Risk Particular: Exposure to toxic and corrosive chemicals Provision of secondary containment system for all liquid corrosive chemicals fuel and lubricating oil storages. Constructing storage tanks and pipes for toxic chemicals and fuel oil as per the applicable standards. Inspection and radiography will be followed to minimize risk of tank or pipeline failure. Provision of protective equipment’s such as protective clothing, goggles, safety shoes and breathing masks for workers working in chemical storage. Provision of emergency eyewash and showers in the working area. I) Risk: Safety risk Particular: Ensure Worker Safety Periodical SHE training of staff and contractor. Ensuring special training to develop competent persons to manage specific issues such as safety from the system, risk assessment, scaffolding, and fire protection, Training will include the proper use of all equipment operated, safe lifting practices, the location and handling of fire extinguishers, and the use of personal protective equipment. Ensure good housekeeping practices (e.g.,

199

J) Risk: Force Majeure and Insurance coverage to the Project Particular: Natural calamities like flood, earthquake, fire, and other act of God and Act of Man etc. Mitigation: Complete plant need to be insured and also care has been considered while designing and construction of the plant to minimize the impact. Third party Liability, Workers compensation, Employers Liability, Legal and contractual liabilities, Loss of profit due to interruption due to fire machine, break down, and related perils, Loss of profit due to loss of generation are some of the other risk against which the mitigation measures have been considered in the project by the way of insurance. 7.2.3 Fire and Explosion Index Fire, Explosion and Toxicity Indexing (FETI) is a rapid ranking method for identifying the degree of hazard. In preliminary hazard analysis, chemical storages are considered to have Toxic and Fire hazards. The application of FETI would help to make a quick assessment of the nature and quantification of the hazards in these areas. However, this does not provide precise information.  Respective Material Factor (MF),  General Hazard Factors (GHF)  Special Process Hazard Factors (SPH) They are computed using standard procedure of awarding penalties based on storage handling and reaction parameters. It can be used to classify separate elements of plant within an industrial complex. Before indexing is done, the plant is divided into plant elements. Depending upon the material in use, material factor, number of parameters such as exothermic reactions, handling hazards, pressure of system, flash point, operating temperature, inventory of flammable material, corrosive property, leakage points and toxicity are taken into consideration in determining

200

F&EI Range Degree of Hazard 0-60 Light 61-96 Moderate 97-127 Intermediate 128-158 Heavy 159-up Severe

Risk Index (RI) The risk categories can be expressed in terms of the risk index as given below. Table 7.2: Risk Index

Category Risk Index Acceptable Region <0 Low Risk 0 Moderate Risk 0.67 Significant Risk 1.33 High Risk 2 Unacceptable Region >2

Table 7.3: The Physiological effects of threshold Thermal Doses

Threshold Dose (kj/m2) Effect 375 3rd degree burn 250 2nd degree burn 201

125 1st degree burn 65 Threshold of pain, no reddening or blistering of skin caused

Note: 1st degree burn- Involves only epidermis. Example sunburn. Blisters may occur. 2nd degree burn- Involves whole of epidermis over the area of burn plus some portion of dermis area. 3rd degree burn- Involves whole of epidermis and dermis. Sub cutaneous tissues may also be affected. Table 7.4: Damage due to Incident Radiation Intensity

Incident Radiation Type of Damage Intensity (KW/m2) Minimum energy required igniting wood at infinite long exposure 37.5 (non piloted). 32.0 Maximum flux level for thermally protected tanks Minimum energy required for piloted ignition of wood, melting 12.5 plastic tubing etc. 8.0 Maximum heat flux for un-insulated tanks. Sufficient to cause pain to personnel if unable to reach cover within 4.5 20 seconds. However blistering of skin (1st degree burns) is likely. 1.6 Will cause no discomfort to long exposure. 0.7 Equivalent to solar radiation.

7.2.4 Consequence Analysis Hazardous substance on release can cause damage on a large scale in the environment. The extent of the damage is dependent upon the nature of the release and the physical state of the material. It is necessary to visualize the consequences and the damages caused by such releases. The quantification of the physical effects can be done by means of various models, which can then be translated in terms of injuries and damage to exposed population and buildings. Hazardous substances may be released as a result of a catastrophe causing possible damage to the surrounding areas. The extent of damage depends upon the nature of the release. The

202

7.2.5 Risk Mitigation Measures The materials handled at the proposed installation are inflammable and reactive substances and based on the consequence analysis; the following measures are suggested as risk mitigation measures.  It should be ensured that combustible materials such as oiled rags, wooden supports, oil buckets etc. are not kept in the storage and process areas as well as road tankers loading/unloading sites where there is maximum possibility of presence of flammable hydrocarbons in large quantities, to reduce the probability of secondary fires.  Smoke and fire detectors should be suitably located and linked to firefighting system to reduce the response time and ensure safe dispersal of vapours before ignition can occur.  Training in firefighting, escape action, operation of emergency switches etc. is vital.  Pump loading line failures also have possibility of causing major damage. Strict inspection, maintenance and well laid down operation procedures are essential for preventing escalation of such incidents.  Emergency procedures should be well rehearsed to achieve state of readiness.

7.2.6 Possibilities, Nature and Effects of Emergency Leaving aside earthquake, cyclone, flood, arson and sabotage, the possible emergencies that can arise in the power plant due to operations and storages and handling of the fuels and gases are:  Explosion in boilers, turbo generators, transformers and hydrogen plant

203

 Subsequent fire in the fuel handling area  Large fires involving the bagasse storage yard and bagasse handling areas  Accidental release of ash slurry  Accidental fire due to some other reasons such as electrical short circuit.

7.2.7 Methodology of MCA Analysis The MCA analysis involves ordering and ranking of various sections in terms of potential vulnerability. The data requirements for MCA analysis are:  Flow diagram and P&I diagrams  Detailed design parameters  Physical & chemical properties of all the chemicals  Detailed plant layout  Detailed area layout  Past accident data The following steps are involved in MCA analysis:  Identification of potential hazardous process units, storage sections and representative failure cases from the vessels and pipe lines  Visualization of chemical release scenarios  Consequence Analysis for computation of damage distances from the release cases through mathematical modeling

7.2.8 Consequence analysis Hazardous substance on release can cause damage on a large scale in the environment. The extent of the damage is dependent upon the nature of the release and the physical state of the material. It is necessary to visualize the consequences and the damages caused by such releases. The quantification of the physical effects can be done by means of various models, which can then be translated in terms of injuries and damage to exposed population and buildings. Hazardous substances may be released as a result of a catastrophe causing possible damage to the surrounding areas. The extent of damage depends upon the nature of the release. The release of flammable materials and subsequent ignition results in heat radiation, pressure wave or vapor cloud depending upon the flammability. It is important to 204

7.2.9 Factors influencing the use of physical effect models In order to calculate the physical effects of the accidental releases of hazardous substances the following steps must be carried out in succession:  Determine the form in which the hazardous substances occur- gas, gas condensed to liquid or as a liquid in equilibrium with vapour  Determine the way in which the release takes place, above or below the liquid level in a process unit or storage facility, instantaneous or continuous  Determine the outflow volume (as a function of time) of the gas, vapour or liquid in the event of liquid outflow, possible two phase outflow,  Determine the evaporation from the pool of liquid formed  Dispersion of the released gas or vapour which has formed into the atmosphere

A distinction has to be made between toxic and flammable substances. In the event of the incidental release of toxic substances it is necessary to compute the concentrations of gas cloud (as a function of time and place) spreading in the surrounding areas. In the case of flammable substances, the heat radiation is computed for the following situations:  Torch, if vapors are ignited  Pool fire, if pool of liquid is ignited  Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapor Explosion (BLEVE) which is a physical explosion

In the event of an explosive gas cloud the peak overpressure resulting from the explosion is calculated and the damage contours are plotted. In the distribution model account is taken of the atmospheric stability, the so-called Pasquill classes (A to F) and a wind velocity. The model is based on a point source. In practice, however, a point source will never exist; for example, a surface sources in the case of pools. To enable the source dimensions to be

205

Models for the Calculation of Heat Load and Shock Waves If a flammable gas or liquid is released, damage resulting from heat radiation or explosion may occur on ignition. Models for the effects in the event of immediate ignition (torch, pool fire and BLEVE) and the ignition of a gas cloud will be discussed in succession. These models calculate the heat radiation or peak overpressure as a function of the distance to the torch, BLEVE, the ignited pool or gas cloud.

Model for a BLEVE BLEVE stands for Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapor Explosion. BLEVE is a follow-up effect that occurs if the vapor side of a tank is heated by a torch or a pool fire. Due to the heating, the vapor pressure will rise and the material of the tank wall will weaken. At a given moment the weakened tank wall will no longer be able to withstand the increased vapor pressure and it will burst open. As a result of the expansion and flash-off a pressure wave occurs. In the case of flammable gases a fireball will form. The effects of a BLEVE for a tank with a flammable liquid are:  A fireball: model gives the radius of the fire ball and the thermal load  Pressure wave effects resulting from the expansion of the vapor and the flash-off. This is however, not predominating in this case  Rupture of the tank, resulting in the formation of numerous fragments of the tank. These fragments can be hurled over at fairly great distances by the energy released

Ignition of a Gas Cloud 206

If a flammable gas is not ignited directly, this cloud will spread in the surrounding area. The drifting gas cloud will mix with air. As long as the gas concentration is between the lower and upper explosion limit, the gas cloud may explode or give flash fire on availability of an ignition source. The flammable content of a gas cloud is calculated by a three-dimensional integration of the concentration profiles, which fall within the explosion limits. If the gas cloud ignites, two situations can occur, namely non-explosive combustion (flash fire) and explosive combustion (flash fire + explosion). The heat radiation from a flash fire is not calculated since the burning time is very short. Models exist for the calculation of the peak overpressure in explosive combustion as a function of the distance from the center of the gas cloud.

Burning Torch The out flowing gas on immediate ignition gives a burning torch. In this model, an ellipse is assumed for the shape of a torch. The volume of the torch (flare) in this model is proportional to the outflow. In order to calculate the thermal load the centre of the flare is regarded as a point source.

Injuries resulting from Flammable Liquids and Gases In the case of flammable liquids and gases on immediate ignition, a pool fire or BLEVE or a flare will occur. The injuries in this case are mainly caused by heat radiation. It is only in the case of a BLEVE that injury may occur as a result of flying fragments also. Serious injuries as the result of the shock wave generally do not occur outside the fire ball zone. Fragmentation of the storage system can cause damage up to distances of over 1 km.

If the gas is not ignited immediately, it will disperse into the atmosphere. If the gas cloud ignites, it is assumed that everyone present within the gas cloud will die as a result of burns or asphyxiation. The duration of the thermal load will be too brief in case of explosion to cause any injuries. In the event of very rapid combustion of the gas cloud the shock wave may cause damage outside the limits of the cloud. Explosive combustion will only occur if the cloud is enclosed to some extent between buildings and structures. Damage Models for Heat Radiation

207

It is assumed that everyone inside the area covered by the fire ball, a BLEVE, a torch, a burning pool or gas cloud will be burnt to death or will asphyxiate. The following probit functions are examples of methods which can be used to calculate the percentage of lethality and first degree burns that will accurate a particular thermal load and period of exposure of an unprotected body.

Lethality Pr = - 36.38 + 2.56 ln (t.q4/3) First degree burn symptoms Pr = -39.83 + 3.0186 ln (t.q4/3) Where, t= Exposure time in seconds, q= Thermal load in W/m2, Pr= Probit value, which relates to the percentage of affected people

For the exposure time, two values are chosen:  10 seconds: In a residential area, it is reasonable to assume that affected people can find protection from the thermal load within 10 seconds.  30 seconds: This pessimistic assumption applies if people cannot directly flee or no protection is provided to them.

Damage Model for Pressure Waves A pressure wave can be caused by a BLEVE or gas cloud explosion. The peak overpressure of 0.3 bar will lead to heavy damage to buildings and structures. Secondary fire and explosion are likely to take place due to cascading effects. A peak overpressure of 0.1 bar is taken as the limit for fatal injury and 0.03 bar as limit for the occurrence of wounds as the result of flying fragments of the glass. Similarly a peak overpressure of 0.01 bar is taken as the limit for the smashing of windows pans. 7.7.10 Specific Emergencies Anticipated and Mitigation Measures Consequence analysis for leakage from RS/ENA storage tank. The following inputs were used to run ALOHA model for computation of damage distances from 2” & 4” leak from one RS/ENA tank: Storage tank details are as follows

208

Sr. No. Material Storage capacity 1. Water 10,000 Cu.M. 2. Molasses 7500X 3 3. Bagasse 30,000 Tons 4. Sugar Go down 40,000 T 5. Coal 4,500 Tons 6. Ash Silos of Two day storage 7. Spent wash storage 1 no., impervious in nature, for 15 days storage – 2187.50 Cu.M. 8. Alcohol 12 no’s, both for molasses and grain based distillery units-total 6,300 m3 capacity Material of construction- MS Dead storage - Nil Specific gravity- 0.8

ALOHA model developed by USEPA was used to quantify the damage distances for release scenario of 2 inch leak in one RS/ENA storage tank for heat loads of 37.5 kW/m2, 12.5 kW/m2, and 4 Kw/m2 for pool fire scenario under weather condition of 3F. The damage distances for 37.5 kW/m2, 12.5 kW/m2, and 4 Kw/m2 were computed as 6 m, 9 m and 17.3 m respectively.

Similarly the release scenario for 4 inch leak in one RS/ENA tank was visualized for heat loads of 37.5 kW/m2, 12..5 kW/m2,, and 4 Kw/m2 for pool fire scenario under weather condition of 3F. The damage distances for 37.5 kW/m2,, 16.5 kW/m2,, and 4 kW/m2 were computed as 9.9 m, 19.2 m and 32.9 m respectively.

For avoiding any kind of fire incident leakages inside the factory premises, the following safety measures have to be undertaken: Safety Equipment Table 7.5: Fire & safety facilities

Sr. No. Particulars 1. DCP Type 5 Kg Fire Extinguisher 2. DCP Type 10 Kg Fire Extinguisher

3. CO2,Water type ,Capacity 9 lit 4. Mechanical Foam Type, Capacity 9 lit

5. Carbon Di Oxide,(CO2) Capacity 4.5 Kg

209

7.2.11 Risk Reduction Measures The following opportunities will be considered as a potential means of reducing identified risks during the detailed design phase:  Buildings and plant structures designed for cyclone and seismic events (where appropriate), to prevent structural collapse and integrity of weather (water) proofing for storage of dangerous goods;  Provision for adequate water capacity to supply fire protection systems and critical process water;  Isolate people from load carrying/mechanical handling systems, vehicle traffic and storage and stacking locations;  Installation of fit-for-purpose access ways and fall protection systems to facilitate safe access to fixed and mobile plant;  Provision and integrity of process tanks, waste holding tanks and bunded areas as per relevant standards;  Containment of hazardous materials;  Security of facility to prevent unauthorized access to plant, introduction of prohibited items, and control of onsite traffic; and  Development of emergency response management systems commensurate with site specific hazards and risks (fire, explosion, rescue, and first aid).  Surrounding population (includes all strata of society) should be made aware of the safety precautions to be taken in the event of any mishap within the plant. This can effectively be done by conducting the training programs.  Critical switches and alarm should be always kept in line  Fire extinguishers should be tested periodically and should be always kept in operational mode  A wind direction pointer should also be installed at storage site so that in an emergency the wind direction can be directly seen and downwind population cautioned  Shut off and isolation valves should be easily approachable in emergencies

210

 A detailed HAZOP and Fault Tree Analysis should be carried out before commissioning of any new installation.

7.3 Disaster Management Plan This DMP has been designed based on the range, scales and effects of "Major Generic Hazards" described in the Risk Assessment. The DMP addresses the range of thermal and mechanical impacts of these major hazards so that potential harm to people onsite and offsite, plant and environment can be reduced to a practicable minimum. The scenarios of loss of containment are credible worst cases to which this DMP is linked. Disaster Management Plan is an elaborate scheme of planning events and organizing the chain of command which will enact swiftly to counter contingencies arising out of the accident whose cause can be catastrophic rupture of tank leading to pool fire –among many others. The general description of the emergency management plan is discussed below which is further bifurcated into the onsite emergency plan and off-site emergency plan. The project is in its formative stage and detail engineering is yet to be done, so the elements of the DMP are based on concepts. 7.3.1 Capabilities of DMP The emergency plan envisaged will be designed to intercept full range of hazards specific to power plant such as fire, explosion, major spill etc. In particular, the DMP will be designed and conducted to mitigate those losses of containment situations, which have potentials to escalate into major perils. Another measure of the DMP's capability will be to combat small and large fires due to ignition, of flammable materials either from storage or from process streams and evacuate people from the affected areas speedily to safe locations to prevent irreversible injury. Emergency medical aids to those who might be affected by incident heat radiation flux, shock wave overpressures, and toxic exposure will be inherent in the basic capabilities. The most important capability of this DMP will be the required speed of response to intercept a developing emergency in good time so that disasters such as explosion, major fire etc. are never allowed to happen. 7.3.2 Declaration of Emergency a) Communication with declarer of emergency

211

When an emergency situation arises in the plant, it will be first noticed by some workers on the shop floor. He will immediately get in touch with shift –in-charge of that particular section. The shift –in-charge will initiate action to overcome the emergency, and will use his discretion to shut – down the factory if he feels that emergency situation is very serious. He will simultaneously get in touch with the Declarer of Emergency. The possible Declarers of Emergency in the order of priority are given below

i) Chairman & Managing Director ii) General Manager iii) Distillery Managers b) Communication with Declarer The shift in charge has to try to get in touch with number one of the declarer of emergency on phone. The phone number of the Declarers of Emergency should be known to every worker. In case the phones are out of order due to some reason or the other, a messenger has to be immediately sent by the shift by the shift –in-charge to contact the Declarer of Emergency As the vehicles are coming under the jurisdiction of the Transport Department, which is open all the 24 hours, the shift –in –charge will get in touch with the in charge of the Transport Department, who will in turn make arrangements to send a messenger to the Declarer of Emergency. In case the first Declarer is not available or is out of station, as the case may be, due to some reason or the other, the Shift –in –charge or the messenger, will get in touch with the second or the subsequent Declarer of Emergency in order of priority given in the above section. c) Announcing of Emergency The Declarer of Emergency has to immediately come to the place of work, assess the situation, and act in an appropriate way. He may decide that emergency may be declared in one or two sections. On the other hand, he may feel that the emergency is more serious and the whole plant is to be whole plant. To indicate to the workers and other living in the vicinity that an emergency will continue as “Regular Declarer of the Emergency”. The Deputy Superintendent of Police will have to get in touch with the Superintendent of Police and when he comes, he will have to look after the Emergency in the capacity as Declarer. 212

7.3.3 Control of Emergency The emergency has to be controlled from one particular spot. This spot should be away from the likely points of accident, should be easily accessible to workers / officers / police / Ambulance and also there should be easy asphalted access from the factory to the Control Room. Facilities at the Control Room

 Factory Layout Plan  Emergency telephone numbers;  General telephone numbers;  Emergency lighting;  Hooters  Daily number of people working in hazardous area;  Population around the factory;  Hot lines to the District Magistrate, Police Control Room, Fire brigade, antidotes and telephone numbers of hospitals etc,  Information regarding dispersion and  Safety equipment. Apart from the above information, the control rooms shall have a list of possible accidents and the number of people to be affected in each of possible accident displayed on daily basis depending on the predominant wind direction and weather conditions. The Control room shall not be on the main road as it is likely that there will be traffic congestion at these points. This should make the task of controlling the Emergency as well as controlling the traffic easier. After the assembly of plant workers at the control room suitable evacuation and plant shut down methodology is to be adopted.

7.3.4 Emergency Fire Fighting Equipment The industry will provide firefighting facilities in the industry in order to tackle the emergency firefighting:  Adequate number of fire extinguishers as per the factory rules shall be provided.

213

 A storage sump exclusively for storing water for meeting emergency fire conditions will be provided with necessary piping and pumping facilities;  Adequate number of safety showers and eye wash fountains in the plant as per the factory rules shall be provided.  Regular firefighting and safety training shall be imparted to the employees.

7.3.5 Evacuation of Workers and Plant Shut Down When the emergency is declared, all workers should leave their places of work and reach the safe place has been recognized as the Main Gate of the Plant. However in confusion and excitement, the workers may not exactly know which path may not be visible. Further when the emergency is in the same section in which a particular worker is working; there will be so much smoke or toxic fumes that it may be difficult for him to find the path or exit and he will require some special guidance. Thus it is very necessary that there are guide paths for the workers to follow in case of emergency so that they can reach the main gate in safe condition. The especial guide paths with an emergency lighting shall be drawn and workers will be made familiar with them. It may so happen that these paths fall in the way of toxic fumes. Thus alternate paths have also been decided upon. There may be some workers who could be hurt and/ or unable to come out. To help them, a special team has to be selected on voluntary basis. This team is quite a large one because not all its voluntary members will be available in one shift. The appropriate members who should send this team with hooters to the factory area along with necessary safety equipment which will always be kept ready for use in the main control room. This team shall pick up those workers who have been hurt and make arrangements to bring them to safe place near the main gate. At the gate it there shall be arrangement for counting of the workmen reporting there. In some cases, it may so happen that in the excitement of the emergency some workmen may go away without reporting at the main gate, in spite of the fact the training being given to them to report at the main gate. All the workers who have arrived at the main gate. All the workers who have arrived at the main gate should be counted against the number which had entered. The total number consists of not only the workers but also the visitors and

214

7.4 Disaster Control Philosophy The principal strategy of DMP is "Prevention" of identified major hazards. The "Identification" of the hazards will employ one or more of the techniques [e.g. Hazard and Operability Study (HAZOP), accident consequence analysis etc.]. Since these hazards can occur only in the event of loss of containment, one of the key objectives of technology selection, project engineering, construction, commissioning, and operation is "Total and Consistent Quality Assurance". The Project Authority will be committed to this strategy right from the conceptual stage of the plant so that the objective of prevention can have ample opportunities to mature and be realized in practice. The DMP or Emergency Preparedness Plan (EPP) will consist of:  On-site Emergency Plan  Off-site Emergency Plan Disaster Management Plan preparation under the headlines of On-site Emergency Plan and Off-site Emergency Plan is in consonance with the guidelines laid by the Ministry of Environment and Forests & Climate Change (MoEF&CC) which states that the "Occupier" of the facility is responsible for the development of the On-site Emergency Plan. The Off-site Emergency Plan should be developed by the Government (District Authorities).

215

7.4.1 On-Site Emergency Management The following section describes methodology to deal with On-site emergency. The responsibilities of the various plant personnel are also indicated. 7.4.1.1 Duties of personnel if fire occurs A) Chief Co-coordinator Functions He will declare the state of emergency to everyone concerned, especially to people above him and to the senior officials of the organizations whose help will be required He will be in constant contact with the Deputy Chief Co-ordinator 1) He will receive all information regarding the emergency from the disaster site 2) He will receive information regarding additional resources requirement from site 3) He will convey necessary instructions to the site - Dy. Chief Co-ordinator 4) He will authorize evacuation of personnel through Dy. Chief Co-ordinator 5) He will authorize additional resources mobilization through his advisors 6) He will approve release of information regarding disasters to outside agencies through Administration Advisor

B) Special Advisor (Location: Main Control Center) Functions If the chief Coordinator is not in the spot then he is in charge of the crisis control room 1) He is communicator between the chief Co-coordinator higher up like Director, C. & M. D., Ministry, etc. 2) He is Coordinating with Air force, Navy and air freighting special equipment / material will be done by the special advisor on behalf of the chief advisor

C) Technical Advisor Functions 1) Collection of data and analysis all the available data regarding the disaster 2) He is the communicator between Dy. Chief Co-ordinator through Chief Co-ordinator 3) He is responsible for maintenance of logbook record charts etc. will be in his custody 4) Any queries that regarding chemical, or any oils will be answered through him

216

D) Material coordinator Functions 1) He is responsible and regularize for procurements being made on an emergency basis. 2) He will inform about all purchases to finance advisor E) Finance Advisor Functions: 1) He is responsible for all finance-related work such as excise and customs, insurance formalities and FR cashier and relating emergency cash if required

F) Administration Advisor Functions 1) He takes approval from the chief co-ordinator and will inform the press and outside agencies regarding disaster. 2) He will arrange catering and inform through welfare officer regarding communication to relative of the injured employees 3) When approved by the chief co-ordinator he will supervise to as of the emergency location with the press/Govt. agencies along with the Technical advisor. 4) He arranges CISF for transport and additional manpower.

G) Fire and Safety Coordinator Function 1) On arrival at the scene, he will evaluate the strategy chalked out by Manager-Fire & Safety / Manager-Shift and coordinate with Civil Fire Brigade for effective control 2) Co-ordinate with Dy. Chief Co-ordinator for actions as deemed necessary, which will assist the operations department to carry out their activities safety 3) Assess the need of rescue operation and make arrangements for the same 4) Co-ordinate with Medical Adviser for ambulance and other medical assistance as may be necessary 5) Ensure that all the assigned personnel as mentioned above are carrying out their duties and whenever any extra assistance is required makes arrangements for the same 6) Co-ordinate with Manager-PR, for meeting the Press and members of public, if called for.

217

7) Ensure adequacy of men and equipment at the scene and proposed plant premises. If required, make arrangements for getting necessary assistance 8) Make arrangements for replacements of unwanted equipment/damaged equipment from the scene 9) Ensure that all approaches are clear and safe and deploy men and equipment in a coordinated fashion 10) Provide necessary expert guidance for firefighting operation and carry out further operations safety 11) If any maintenance assistance is required, liaises with Maintenance Co-ordinator for the same

Functions of medical centre 1. Co-ordinate Ambulance Activities 2. Get blood donors 3. Give First Aid 4. Get more ambulance 5. Hospital Co-ordination 6. Keep Statistics of injured employees 7. Take out History Cards of injured employees 8. Procure additional medicines/bandages Etc.

Functions of medical advisor 1. He will be stationed at the dispensary 2. He will be coordinating with first aid & ambulance teams 3. He will direct ambulances to the designated hospitals 4. He will be talking to different Hospitals in the city regarding admission to injured 5. He will call more Doctors to the factory if found necessary 6. He will consult with other specialists whenever necessary 7. He will arrange for outside ambulances and first aider if the situation calls for

Actions to be taken by Shift security chief

218

A: Function of Security Center 1. Receive and co-ordinate with police 2. To give direction to incoming external help 3. Cordon off area and provide road blocks as per instruction 4. Review evacuation procedure with police 5. Control incoming traffic, traffic near main gate & outgoing movements 6. Mobilize available vehicles 7. Get additional help from barricks

Actions to be taken by External Centre A: Function of Mechanical center 1. Arrange available transport at different locations. 2. Arrange the additional vehicles. 3. Mobile Canteen. 4. Emergency maintenance jobs.

B: Function of Transport Officer 1. Will mobile all the available vehicles and drivers 2. He will rent vehicles as needed 3. Will arrange for vehicles requirement of plant coordinator, chief coordinator

A typical organogram for the on–site emergency plan is shown in Figure -7.1

219

Safety Officer

Site Incident Shift In charge Operator Controller Controller Rail/Road

Incident Shift In charge Operator

Controller for

Operations Emergency Control Emergency Security Personnel Coordinator (Rescue, Fire

Emergency First Aid Coordinator Transport, Driver (Medical Mutual Telephone Aid, Transport & Emergency Shift In charge Electrician Pump coordinator Operator (essential Figure 7.2: Typical organogram for onsite emergency management plan

7.4.2 Offsite Emergency Plan

The off-site emergency plan begins beyond the premises of the plant. The possible impact on the immediate vicinity of the plant when emergency condition arises from the proposed plant. The responsibilities of various personnel and departments are as given below:- 7.4.2.1 Responsibilities of the Police  Communicate the information about the mishap to the other agencies.  Provide support to the other agencies as required.  Traffic management by cordoning of the area.  Arrange the evacuation of people. 7.4.2.2 Responsibilities of the fire brigade  Fighting fire and preventing the spread.  Plugging the leaks of the chemicals, reducing the effects of gases and fumes.  Rescue and salvage operation.

7.4.2.3 Medical /Ambulance  First aid to persons affected. 220

 Medical treatment.

7.4.2.4 Technical (Factory Inspectorate, Pollution Board, Technical experts from industry, research and training institution)  Furnish all the technical information to emergency services as required.  Investigate the causes of disaster.  Suggest the preventive measures for future action.

7.4.2.5 Rehabilitation (Local authorities and district administration)  Provide emergency control center in the area with facilities for directing, coordinating emergency control activities.  Arrange for rehabilitation of persons evacuated and arrange for food, medical, hygienic requirements.  Arrange for transportation for evacuation from residential location when required.  Maintain communication facilities and conditions with the help of the telephone department.

7.4.2.6 Measures to Be Taken During the Emergency  The plant authorities shall immediately send messages to the administration in case the hazard is likely to spread beyond the plant.  The concerned Police officers along with civic officials shall make arrangements for evacuation of the people from the villages to the safer areas.  The plant authorities shall extend the technical support in containing the damage.  Most importantly, it is the responsibility of the officials of the plant that the people don’t get panicky.  After, all the hazard is totally curbed, people may be brought back to their respective villages.

221

A typical organogram for the off –site emergency plan is shown in Figure 7.3

Figure 7.3: Typical Organogram for off-site emergency management plan

222

CHAPTER VIII PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 Proponent approach towards the project The present crushing capacity of VRSL 5000 TCD along with 29.5 MW cogeneration plant with 60 KLPD molasses based distillery, 45 KLPD grin based distillery and incineration boiler. Factory proposing modernization cum expansion project from 5000 TCD to 7500 TCD along with expansion of cogeneration project from 24 MW to 44 MW and distillery from 30 to 100 KLPD distilleries.

8.2 Project Benefits 8.2.1 Improvements in the physical infrastructure The industry is established in the rural region of the state. The establishment of industry will provide direct and indirect employment to more than 100 local rural persons. Major part of these labors will be mainly from local villagers who are expected to engage themselves both in agriculture and project activities. This will enhance their income and lead to overall economic growth of the area. It helps to sustain the development of this area including further development of physical infrastructural facilities The following physical infrastructure facilities will improve due to proposed project.  Road transport facilities The road connectivity will get improved due to the industry. This improved physical infrastructure will be an added facility to the community for surface transport.  Water supply Efforts will be more focused on recycling of wastewater after adequate treatment. Thus water extraction for process will be minimized.

8.2.2 Improvements in the social infrastructure

 The industry is in the rural region and economically backward. Creation of job opportunity and other business activity will improve the economy and attitude of the public towards education and health. This may result in the creation of additional education and health care facilities in this rural area.

223

 The proposed project will change the pattern of demand of various items of food and non- food products. It will help to generate sufficient income to local people.  Living in harmony is an important aspect of the society. This can happen only if, all the components are comfortably placed. Persons engaged in their respective vocation and accruing job satisfaction leads to this. This will become possible by this venture.  Rural sector economy is generally growing slow because of lack of amenities and facilities. Proposed project helps to provide steady support of money-flow, such utilities can come to that area and sustain.  This improved physical infrastructure will increase purchasing power of the farmers. They will be able to invest in modern agricultural practices. The sugar factory has already initiated several activities for the development of the region. Some of the prime activities are as follows.  It is providing good quality seed (Cane) material and fertilizers to member farmers.  It is providing training to the farmers  It has established an educational facility through which academic as well as technical education has been made available to the nearby students. In short, many developmental activities took place due to the establishment of sugar factory. The sugar factory is also determined and dedicated for the economic and social development of the region and initiate and continues many social developmental activities in the region. Some prime benefits of the project are highlighted below

 It will develop economy brings with literacy and healthy living. Ultimately educational and health level will increases, if there is confirm income source. 8.2.3 Employment Potential  The industry will be established in the rural region of the state.  The industry will provide skilled, semi-skilled, unskilled people, direct and indirect employment to more than 100 local rural persons.  It can be stated that by this activity employment potential is certainly increasing in all walks of life – skilled, semi-skilled, and unskilled.

224

8.2.4 Advantages of sugar, distilleries and cogeneration  The command area is rich in sugar cane cultivation and has adequate irrigation facilities for assured annual sugarcane availability  Readily available infrastructure, fuel, & water for renewable energy power generation project.  Provides an initiative to sugar mill to concentrate more on conservation of energy & reduction of operating cost, thereby improving their profitability of operation.  Saves the expenditure on safe storage and disposal of bagasse.  Benefits of quick return on biomass power capital investment and generation of additional revenue.  The economic benefits available to the sugar factories from sale of exportable surplus and improvement in the operations  Entire integrated project is proposed to be set up based on the stand-alone commercial viability of each component of the project.  Sugar factory expansion along with cogeneration and distillery is aimed to improve the technical efficiency of the unit in terms of steam utilization and power consumption.

8.3 Conclusion This venture of the proponents will bring improvement in the physical infrastructure of the surrounding area. It will recharge the groundwater by rain-harvesting, the road structure will be repaired, massive greening drive will improve the aesthetics, organic fertilizer and nursery will be available to the people, and generally the land prices will go up. The venture will also improve the social infrastructure, by way of strengthening the domestic set-up of the village Gram Panchyat. The Octroi, Property Tax and other facilities, security and safety will be a welcome feature. If the sons of soil will improve their skill, they may get attractive jobs in the vicinity itself, instead of migrating out. Women too can get suitable jobs.

225

CHAPTER IX: ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9.1 Environmental Benefits  Factory shall follow safety rules & regulations, maintain good housekeeping and judiciously operate eco-friendly and zero discharge project to meet the prescribed norms and shall promote environment friendliness.  A large demand is anticipated for alcohol as a fuel. Alcohol is an eco-friendly product and is a substitute to the imported petroleum.  It has less severe impact on the environment than conventional gasoline and less dangerous to health. As oxygenates are compounds such as alcohols or ethers which contain oxygen in their molecular structure. Oxygenated fuels tend to give a more complete combustion of its carbon to carbon dioxide (rather than monoxide) which leads to reduced air pollution from exhaust emissions.  It reduces the dependence on oil imports.  It helps to maintain rural economy.  Factory proposes zero liquid discharge method for waste water treatment. Maximum waste water will be recycled back into the system.  Factory proposes to install Multiple Effect evaporator followed by Incineration boiler. Advantages are as follows  Production of steam and power generation.  Reduction in air pollution as compared to coal based boiler.  Reduction in water pollution and achieve zero discharge in inland surface water.

226

CHAPTER X ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 Introduction Suitable environmental management measures need to be incorporated during the entire planning, construction and operating stages of the project to minimize any adverse environmental impact and assure sustainable development of the area. Proposed integrated sugar complex will be manufacturing sugar, Alcohol, power generation and allied produxts as mentioned in Chapter II. Detailed information of the proposed project is covered in Chapter II whereas; various existing environmental scenarios are presented in Chapter III Deliberations and prediction of environmental impacts and its analysis are made in Chapter IV. Environmental Impact Analysis carried out in Chapter IV indicated that proposed developmental project would have less significant impact on the environmental attributes. On the other hand, it will have beneficial impacts on socio-economic features, and occupational structure provided following measures are undertaken.

10.2 Objectives of Environmental Management Plan  To define the components of environmental management.  To prepare an environmental hierarchy.  To prepare a checklist for statutory compliance.  To prepare environmental organization.  To prepare a schedule for monitoring and compliance.

10.3 Checklist of Statutory Obligations There are a number of environmental statutes required to be attained by the industries. VRSL shall obey the provisions of all relevant acts, rules, notifications and orders. The checklist of these obligations, which facilitates the obedience of the laws of land are given below  EIA Notification dated 14th September, 2006 and its sub sequent amendments. In addition to the above mentioned acts and rules, some of the rules which are of importance in context with this assignment include –  The Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules, 2001 & amendment rules 2010  The Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical (Amendment) Rules, 2000  Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016  Plastic Waste Management & Handling Rules 2016  Plastic Waste (M&H) Amendment Rules, 2011 227

 Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016  E-Waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 2011  Minimum Wages Act, 1948  Contract Labour Act, 1970

10.4 Institutionl arrangements for Environmentprotection & Conservation Environmental Management Cell, will be established, which will be supervised and controlled by an independent Plant Manager supported by a team of technically qualified personnel apart from other operating staff. Organization structure of the Environment Management Cell is presented in Figure 10.1.

It will be the responsibility of this Cell to supervise the monitoring of environmental attributes viz. ambient air quality, water and effluent quality, noise level etc either departmentally or by appointing external agencies wherever necessary. In case the monitored results of environmental contaminants are found to exceed the standard limits, the Environmental Management Cell will suggest remedial measures and get them implemented.

Chairman

Managing Director

Process Manager/ Distillery Manager

Environment Officer

Lab Chemist

Figure 10.1: Environment Monitoring Cell

Table 10.1: Environment Monitoring Cell and its responsibilities

3. Process One Implementation of mitigation measures considering manager/ all environment components. Distillery Manager 4. Environment One Implementation of mitigation measures considering Officer all environment components, Health and safety of the workers. Technical advisory for all legal issues of environment as well as implementation of Environment Management in the Factory. Arranging the training programs for staff. Monitoring of efficiency of pollution control equipment’s, Water and energy conservation measures, Maintenance, supervision on housekeeping, ETP, Supervision and record keeping of compliance of all regulatory authorities. 5. Lab chemist One Monitor the work environment, health and safety of the workers. Implementation of occupational health and safety policies, program, procedures. Undertaking the Awareness activities.

10.4.1 Responsibilities of Environmental Management Cell The EMC has the responsibility to supervise all the activities in the plant to ensure that those are being carried out as per the standard operating procedure to avoid any type harm to the environment. The EMC also undertake periodical monitoring or survey of various environmental parameters including monitoring and analysis of effluent, air, water and noise to ensure that these parameters are maintained within the prescribed limits. If any deviation observed, they will inform to initiate corrective action by the concern department or they will do themselves if required. They also undertake the physical survey of the green belt to ensure required growth and survival rate of the plant. They will also inform the concern department for corrective action if any to have proper growth of the plants. Environmental monitoring EMC will ensure that pollution is well below the prescribed limits or there is no much difference between the present concentrations and baseline data. If wide difference is observed then they will need to initiate required corrective action either by optimizing the treatment process or by providing equipment or improving the performance of existing pollution controls equipment. In case the results indicate parameters exceeding the prescribed limits, remedial actions will

229

Environmental Impact Assessment Report Vitthal Refined Sugars Ltd. Establishment Of Integrated Sugar Industry (Sugar 5000 TCD, Co-generation 29.5 MW, grain based distillery 45 KLPD & 60 KLPD molasses/sugarcane juice/ Sugar Beet based distillery) at village Pande, Tal. Karmala, Dist. Solapur, Maharashtra be taken through the concerned plant people. The actual operation and maintenance of pollution control equipment will be the responsibility of respective department head or a plant in charge. Legal and statutory compliance: EMC will also supervise the work of other department pertaining to the activities of preparation of environment statement report, environment audit, Water Cess return and consent application as per the requirement under various Rules and regulations. They will also guide the HODs of individual department to fulfill the statutory requirements under various acts and applicable rules. Following Rules shall be applicable to the facility:  The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974  The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981  Hazardous and Other Waste (Handling and Trans-boundary Movement) Rules, 2016  The Environment Protection Act, 1986  Explosive Act 1884 & the Explosive Rules, 2008  E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016 Documentation: The cell will also be responsible for maintaining the records of data, documents and information in line with the legislative requirement and will regularly furnish the same to the concern statutory authorities. Post Clearance Monitoring Protocol After grant of environmental clearance by the MoEFCC, half yearly compliance reports will be submitted in hard and soft copies to the concerned regional MoEFCC office on 1st June and 1st December of each calendar year with respect to EC conditions. All such compliance reports submitted will be the public documents. Copies of the same will be made available to the stakeholder upon the request. Existing factory has submitted all compliance to the regional MoEFCC office.

10.5 Environment Management Plan Implementation schedule Four components are essential for effective implementation of EMP:  Training & Development  Communication  Review & Revision

230

 Evaluation

Training & Development General environmental awareness shall be provided for all members of staff, with specific information and/ or training given to those responsible for environmental management tasks. Communication Company shall regularly keep practice of communication with employees and outsiders in action. All communication done with employees and those outside of the company, such as farmers, industries or business house, should be documented. Revision & Review Management shall review and update the EMP regularly to ensure it reflects the current situation in the company. An annual review is required as a minimum. After review, management shall make the necessary changes as required and update them into the EMP. Any changes shall be properly updated in all relevant section or part of the EMP. Evaluation Evaluating (checking) the environmental performance, discovering problems and correcting them. Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) of EMP provides useful feedback to the management on their own actions. So that management can evaluate the cause of any problem, check on compliance, find the lacunae in performance and become more efficient and recognize success and achievements. Implementation of Pollution control equipment’s Pollution control equipment’s will be installed during commissioning of the project. General plan for EMP implementation is given below. Table 10.2: EMP implementation phases during Construction

Sr. Activity Responsibility Implementation Record No. 1. Water Site engineer Immediate during Water consumption records Pollution /supervisor construction work Supervision of Hygiene Control and safety facilities, sewage disposal, PUC devices officer certificate 2. Air Pollution Site engineer Immediate during Monitoring record Control /supervisor construction work Records of occupation health devices And safety checkup officer 231

Sr. Activity Responsibility Implementation Record No. 3. Noise Site engineer Immediate during Vehicular check record pollution /supervisor construction work and safety officer 4. Solid waste Site engineer Immediate during Records of construction waste Management /supervisor construction work generation & disposal and safety officer 5. Greenbelt Site engineer Gradually during Record of planting, mainly development /supervisor construction and around the factory supervision and safety commissioning on irrigation facility and officer survival rate 6. Occupational Site engineer During Record and Supervision of Health and /supervisor construction work Personal protective Safety and safety equipment’s provided officer Record of all safety signs Record of First aid kits Record of medical check up Supervision and record of good house keeping

Table 10.3: EMP implementation phases during Operation

Sr. Activity Responsibility Implementation Record No. 1. Water Process manager/ Immediate Record of ETP performance, Pollution Distillery manger/ implementation inlet, and outlet Control Environment Officer Installation/up characteristics. devices gradation of Record of third party ETP. laboratory analysis report Spent wash analysis. Regular inspection treatment record, control & necessary though MEE and maintenance for reduction Spent wash of evaporation loss and blow fired boiler down from cooling system, Commissioning Optimization of COC in during cooling system. Construction 2. Air Pollution Process manager/ Immediate Ambient and stack Control Distillery manger/ during Monitoring record. devices Environment Officer construction Maintains record for storage work of raw material and products

232

Sr. Activity Responsibility Implementation Record No. 3. Noise Process manager/ Immediate Record of noise monitoring. pollution Distillery manger/ during Supervision record for Environment Officer Operation Acoustic enclosure to DG, Boiler, insulation wherever needed, acoustic laggings and silencers 4. Solid waste Process manager/ Immediate Records of generation of Management Distillery manger/ during solid waste. Supervision Environment Officer operation record of storage and disposal solid waste. 5. Greenbelt Process manager/ Gradually Record of planting/number development Distillery manger/ during of plants planted and to be Environment Officer Operation plant, supervision on irrigation facility and survival rate ensuring healthy and dense greenbelt. 6. Rainwater Process manager/ Gradually Record of rainwater harvesting Distillery manger/ during harvesting plan in the and storm Environment Officer construction factory, No. of recharge pit water and operation provided and location of the drainage same. Record of supervision and maintenance. 7. Occupational Process manager/ During Record and Supervision of Health and Distillery manger/ Operation Personal protective Safety Environment Officer equipment’s provided. Record of all safety signs Record of First aid kits Record of medical check up Supervision and record of good house keeping Record ad supervision of firefighting equipment’s provided and its regular check/ 8. CER Chairman/Managing During Maintain separate record of Director /Process Operation CER activity carried out year manager/ Distillery wise and amount spent on manger/ that. Environment Officer 9. Resource Process manager/ During Reuse of process water, saving, Distillery manger/ Operation recycling of ETP treated Recycle/ Environment Officer water, recycling of used oil, Recovery use of power saving

233

Sr. Activity Responsibility Implementation Record No. equipment’s, natural ventilation designs in construction phase, use of thermal insulations wherever heat transfer is anticipated, CFL lighting, photosensitive switches, rainwater harvesting

10.2 Environmental management during construction phase The construction activities of the proposed unit will increase in dust concentrations and fugitive emission due to vehicles movement. The following control measures are recommended to mitigate the probable adverse impacts. 10.2.1 Site preparation The development of site for erections of plant structure, office building & other allied activities shall require careful management planning as the construction activities shall be located in plain barren land owned by the project proponent. It is necessary to control the dust nuisance that would be created by excavation, leveling and transportation activities so that impacts on the various components of environment would be minimized. No tree cutting will be envisaged. Regular sprinkling of water around vulnerable areas of the construction sites to control the dust spread or emission into the atmosphere. However identified impacts would be of temporary type and within the plant boundary. Excavated soil will be covered with tarpaulin sheet or shall be kept in such way that dust emission will be avoided. Green belt area shall be developed to reduce air and noise pollution impacts. Top excavated soil be used in greenbelt development, rest hard rock will be used in leveling work. First Aid facilities shall be made available during construction. 10.2.2 Noise Though level of construction activities shall not be very high, still some specific sources of noise like welding, transportation, movement of earth movers, tractors, concrete or asphalt mixing etc. should be carried out in a controlled manner. Neither the plant nor the construction workers should be exposed to excessive noise levels. No idling of machine shall be allowed during construction activities Night time construction activities and vehicular movement shall

234

10.2.4 Site security and Occupational Health Construction site has a potential hazardous environment. To ensure that the local inhabitants are not exposed to these hazards, the site shall be secured by fencing and manned entry points. It will be fully illuminated during nighttime Necessary care will be taken as per the safety norms for the storage of the chemical products Contractor will supervise the safe working of their employees.  Barricades and fences are provided around the construction area personnel protective equipment’s e.g. safety helmet, goggles, gumshoes, etc. will be provided to the workers.  Accidental spill of oils from construction equipment and storage sites will be prevented.  Tree plantation will be undertaken during the construction phase for to prevent air pollution will be nullify in operation phase of the project.  Personal Protective Equipment like ear muffs or ear plugs, masks etc. will be provided to workers who will be exposed to high noise.  First Aid facilities shall be made available during construction.  All necessary infrastructural services like water, drainage facilities and electrification will be provided as per requirement  Drainage network will be properly channelized. Storm water drainage will be developed properly. This network will be checked & maintained regularly.

235

10.3 Environment Management Plan for Operation Phase Detailed EMP is described below for various environmental parameters. 10.3.1 Air Pollution Management  Baseline ambient air quality monitoring has been carried out during the month of Dec 2018

and Jan- Feb 2019. It is observed that the concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx and CO are well within the prescribed limits as per the National Ambient Air Quality Standards. The major sources of air emissions from the proposed projects include non-point and point source emissions.  The major sources of air pollution from the proposed projects will be from flue gas emission, process emission and vehicular emissions. There will not be any air emission anticipated from the process.  Emission other sources are particulate matter, sulphur-di-oxide and nitrogen oxide etc., from DG and stack.  Proposed Boiler of capacity 150 TPH and 35 TPH with 75 and 70 m stack height.  Total particulate matter from stack will be <100 mg/NM3  All the conveyors/vehicles conveying raw material within or outside the plant premises shall be covered from all sides to prevent blowing of particles due to wind.  To control the vehicular pollution, control measures will be implemented such as periodical check of Vehicle for its fitness and PUC certificates. Observance of periodical maintenance schedule and its proper implementation.  Dust collectors/ Water sprinkling whenever required. Close conveyer wherever possible.  Training to workers of proper handling of material shall be provided.  Good housekeeping shall be maintain.  Propoer ventilation shall be provided  Training to workers of proper handling of material shall be given  Vehicles with valid PUC Certificate shall be monitor.  Dust suppression on haul roads shall be done.

10.3.2 Noise pollution management Various components of industrial operations cause some amount of noise, which shall be controlled by proper maintenance and compact technology.

236

 Closed room shall be provided for all the utilities like boiler so as to attenuate the noise pollution.  Acoustic enclosure shall be provided to D.G sets.  The insulation will be provided to reduce noise.  Layouts of equipment foundations and structures will be designed keeping in view the requirement of noise abatement  Central control room(s) provided for operation and supervision of plant and equipment will be air-conditioned, glass fiber insulated frames which will help in reducing noise levels. Necessary enclosures will also be provided on the working platforms/areas to reduce the noise levels ;  Acoustic laggings and silencers will be provided in equipment wherever necessary. The compressed air station will be provided with suction side silencers. Ventilation fans will be installed in enclosed premises  The noise level will not exceed the permissible limit 75 dB (A) during the day time 70 dB (A) night time within the plant premises. Green belt around the plant area will reduce the noise level further.  Occupational Health & Safety (OHSAS) System for evaluation of exposure of noise pollution on the associated staff and comparing it with permissible exposure and subsequently taking corrective actions will be developed.  Free flow of traffic movement shall be maintained. Earmuffs shall be used while running equipment’s of the plant.  Proper maintenance, oiling and greasing of machines at regular intervals shall be done to reduce generation of noise.  Regular monitoring of noise level shall be carried out.  Greenbelt shall be developed around the periphery of the plant to reduce noise levels.

10.3.3 Water and waste water management  The total water required for the entire project will be 1812.44 CMD and it will be taken from Sina- Kolegaon dam & Mangi Lake.  Distillery Water Consumption 8.6 KL of Alcohol production (Norms < 10 KL/KL).

237

 Total Industrial effluent Generation from sugar and Co-gen is 545.28 KLD i.e 0.109 CM/Ton cane crushed (Norms < 0.1 CM/Ton).  Spent wash generation from molasses based distillery (175) 2.92 KL/KL of Alcohol Production (Norms < 08 KL/KL) and total sewage generation 180 CMD.  Sugar & Co-gen effluent shall be treated in the ETP system- Anaerobic Followed by Aerobic System  Spent wash will be concentrated in MEE. Concentrated spent wash shall be burn in incineration boiler as a fuel.  The stillage from distillation section is passed through decanter where cake and thin stillage are separated. The recovered thin stillage from decanter is concentrated in the Multiple Effect evaporator System (MEE) till 38% concentration. The product/thick syrup from the MEE is mixed with cake recovered from decanter to form Distillers’ Wet Grains Solubles (DWGS) to achieve zero discharge.  Condensate water shall be treated in CPU of capcity 1200 CMD.  Domestic effluent is 180 CMD in quantity and it will be treated in STP of capacity 200 CMD.

Condensate Polishing Unit (CPU) Process Condensate & Spent lees Treatment

Process Condensate from MEE, spent lees generated in the process offers an ideal opportunity for recycle after treatment in the distillery; where there are major water consuming activities, and which can effectively minimize the fresh water intake. The treatment approach is depicted in the Process Flow Diagram. Cooling tower blow down water shall be used for gardening which cannot treat in CPU as it is design for biological degradation. CPU Capacity: 1200 m3 /day Typical Input Characteristics of Process Condensate/Spent Lees

238

Units of CPU will be  Storage Lagoon  Equalization Tank  Lifting Pumps  Water Flow Meter  Auto pH Adjustments System  Anaerobic Filter  Aeration Tank-I  Blowers and diffusers (For A.T.I)  Clarifier-I  Aeration Tank-II  Blowers and diffusers (For A.T.II)  Clarifier-II  Sump well  Sludge Recycle Pumps  Filter Feed Pumps  Dosing Systems  Multi Media Filter  Activated Carbon Filter All specifications mentioned above are tentative and may vary during detailed engineering

CREP Guidelines and its compliance mechanism  The guidelines recommended through CREP, which will be implemented by the project proponent, are as follows.  Spent wash storage lagoon of 5 days capacity

239

 Impervious lagoons, constructed leak-proof, lined with HDPE sheets and protected by brick lining  Lined with HDPE sheets and protected with Reinforced cement concrete(RCC)  Provisions for leachate collection gutter and sump well as well as spent wash sprinkling pipeline network.  Provision of modern machinery for turning of wind rows and spraying of spent wash 10.3.4 Solid hazardous waste management  Solid by-products such as bagasse, press mud, ash and molasses are generated as process co- products (byproducts) from the industry.  Press mud is supplied to member farmers for their used as bio–manure and molasses is used in own distillery for its use as raw material in manufacture of ethanol.  Bagasse produced from the sugar factory is used as a fuel in the boilers for production of process steam. Solid wastes such as boiler ash & ETP sludge are also produced from the proposed unit. These are disposed to farmers for their use as soil conditioner in agricultural field.  Coal ash from the boiler will be sold to the brick-manufacturing unit. Spent wash ash and Bagasse ash will be sold to farmer as it is rich in potassium. Bagasse ash is partly send to the brick manufacturer Table 10.4: Details of solid waste generation

Sr. No. Particular Solid waste ETP sludge – 325 Kg/day 1. Sugar 5000 TCD Oil & grease recovery – 146 Kg/day 2. Co-generation Unit (Cap.- 26 MW), DECC Bagasse Ash-20.81 MT/day * Coal and spent wash Ash from 3. Distillery Co-gen Unit (Cap 3.5 MW, ECC) Incineration boiler-84.06 MT/day 3. Distillery Molasses based (60KLPD) (ENA, 3A * Yeast sludge from molasses distillery – Evaporator & ethanol) 15 MT/day Grain based (45 KLPD) 3B * Distillery ETP sludge – 250Kg/day (liquefaction , evaporator, dryer, ENA) 4. Malt Spirit based (5KLPD) Residue as cattle feed –3.90 MT /day Grape residue for composting – 19.5 MT 5. Grape Spirit based (5KLPD) /day 6. Cyclodextrane Plant (2.5 MT/day) Grain residue as cattle feed 750Kg/day

240

10.3.5 Odor Management Plan Anticipated odor generation sources will be molasses, fermentation unit, spent wash, ETP septic tank, Yeast storage & ETP sludge. Following control measures shall be implemented to avoid the odor in the atmosphere,

Sr. No. Probable source of odour Attenuation by 1 Milling plant, detention of effluent Quick draining, aerobic condition 2 Stale press mud Consume quickly to compost yard Covered, CO2 captured and scrubbed and 3 Fermentation recovered. Avoids odour escape Now multi pressure- vacuum improved 4 Distillation column hardware. A closed system, continuous feeding of 5 Spent wash incineration system concentrated spent wash & no question of odour Now only 15 day’s storage, that too in the 6 Concentrated Spent wash storage emergency for repairs/ maintenance of machinery. 7 Spentwash in evaporation ponds Not provided. Office, colony-guest house septic 8 Remove and compost it sludge 9 Reusable effluent plant sludge Oxidize by bleaching powder or reagents Moderately polluted stream effluent No over detention. No anaerobic condition 10 treatment to set in Moderately polluted spent lees 11 effluent treated satisfactorily and Apply wastewater judiciously. recycled Fully aerobic by special turning machine, 12 Press mud - Composting yard viable dedicated culture and fine spraying of water getting immediately absorbed.

10.3.6 Greenbelt development Development of greenbelt in and around the industrial complex is an effective way to attenuate air pollution. The degree of pollution attenuation depends upon height, width, foliage, surface area of leaf and density of planted trees. Greenbelt will be developed as per CPCB guidelines. Taking into consideration ecological perspectives and availability of space and other aspects greenbelt development has been planned for the proposed project. This will help in increasing the aesthetic effect of the environment. Greenbelt will be developed along most of the periphery of the project area as well as along roads for avenue plantation.

241

The total greenbelt area is around 14.52 Ha. The Layout plan of the green belt and tree cover in plant area is shown in Fig. 10. 1 The following characteristics have been taken into consideration while selecting plant species for green belt development and tree plantation.  Fast growing  Thick canopy cover  Perennial and ever green  Large leaf area  Preferably Indigenous  Resistant to pollutants and should maintain ecological balance for soil and geo- hydrological conditions of the region.  Abundance of surfaces on bark and foliage through roughness of bark, epidermal outgrowth on petioles, abundance of auxiliary hairs, hairs or scales on laminar surfaces and protected stomata (by wax, arches, rings, hairs, etc.) Since, the greenbelt development will be done as per the requirement i.e. type of activity performed at a particular area/ block/ plot, thus the tree spacing will vary from plot to plot. Therefore, approx. >15,000 Trees (including trees and shrubs) are proposed for the greenbelt development. The general guidelines for development of greenbelt will be as follows:  Trees growing up to 5 m or more will be planted along the plant premises and along the road sides  Planting of trees will be undertaken in rows.  Open areas inside the plant boundary will be covered with grass.  The spacing between the trees will be maintained slightly less than the normal spaces, so that the trees will grow vertically and slightly increase the effective height of the green belt.  Since the trunks of the tall trees are generally devoid of foliage, it will be useful to have shrubs in front of the trees so as to give coverage to this portion.  Shrubs and trees will be planted in encircling rows around the project site.  The small trees (<10 m height) will be planted in the first two rows (towards plant side) of the green belt. The tall trees (>10 m height) will be planted in the outer three rows (away from plant side).

242

 Trees should be planted along road sides, to arrest auto-exhaust and noise pollution.

Figure 10.1: Greenbelt development plan

Table 10.5: List of Plant Species for Plantations

Sr. No. Common Name Botanical Names 1. Adulsa Justicia adhatoda L. 2. Ain Terminalia alata 3. Apta Bauhinia racemosa 4. Bahava Cassia fistula 5. Bel Aegle marmelos (L.) Corr. 6. Butt mogara Arabian Jasmine 7. Champak Michelia champaca 8. Fish tail palm Caryota urens 9. Jambhul Syzigium cumini 10. Jasvand Hibiscus indicus Burm. F. Hochr 11. Kaner Nerium indicum 12. Kanher Nerium indicum Mill. 13. Karanj Pongamia pinnata 14. Maharukh Ailanthus excelsa 15. Nandruk Ficus retusa

243

16. Neem Azadirachta indica 17. Palas / Flame of the forest Butea monosperma 18. Parijatak Nyctanthus arbor-tristis 19. Pimpal Ficus religiosa L. 20. Ran Tulas Ocimum americanum L. 21. Safed Khair Acacia ferruginia 22. Shirish Albizia lebbeck 23. Sisoo Dalbergia latifolia Roxb. 24. Sita Ashok Saraca asoka 25. Son chafa Michelia champaca 26. Tabobia/Phutani Tecoma stans (L.) H.B.& K. 27. Travellers palm Ravenala madagascariensis 28. Wad Ficus benghalensis L.

10.3.7 Management of traffic

 The site is well connected Project site is connected to SH 143: 2.5 km in north,SH 141: 1.7 km in South West, SH 67: 1.5 km West, SH 149: 16.9 South east  The traffic management on the project site is easily and smoothly monitored without any hindrance to the regular flow of traffic on the main road.  Flow of traffic is eased out by providing adequate entries and exits from parking areas.

10.3.8 Rainwater Harvesting Plan Rain water harvesting structures are proposed to recharge the ground water resources in the region. The run – off water from the roof of the structures and paved areas will be collected through storm water drainage system and led to rain water harvesting structure. The rainwater harvesting structure will be decided during detailed engineering of the project. The typical rainwater harvesting structure is shown in fig. Peak runoff for design purpose Assumptions Average Annual Rainfall – 522.74 mm (based on Year 2000-2014) Average Rainfall data of Solapur District) Intensity of max rainfall considered on the basis of rainfall occurred in August 2014 i.e. 201.6 mm. Based on this, the peak intensity of rainfall will be 6.72 mm/day (0.00672 m). Table 10.7: Incremental Run off due to project development

244

Sr. Ground Cover Area Maximum Intensity of Runoff Annual Potential for No sq.m. Rainfall (m/d) Coefficient RWH /Cu.M.) 1. Terrace Area 52770 0.00672 0.80 283.6915 2. Paved & Other area 242387 0.00672 0.60 977.3044 3. Green Area 149800 0.00672 0.90 905.9904 Total 444957 - - 2166.986

Recommendations: Recharge pit around the dug well is recommended on site. A recharge pit of 1.0 m x 1.0 m x 1.5 m depth should be constructed around the with filter media. The size of the filter material is generally taken as:  Coarse sand – 1.5 to 2 mm  Gravels – 5 to 10 mm  Boulders- 5 to 20 cm The filter material should be filled in graded manner. Boulders at the bottom, gravels in the middle and coarse sand at the top. Inside this tube well a perforated casing should be inserted up to the depth where the upper loose strata give way to the hard strata. The annular space between the tube well and the slotted casing should be filled with gravel. Storm Water Management

The Integrated sugar complex water management system will be designed to minimize the potential for storm water contamination occurring at the site. This will be achieved by incorporating the following features into the storm water management system,  Run-off from upstream areas will be diverted around the plant site.  The quantity of contaminated run off generated will be minimized by diverting run-off from areas external to the plant to storm water discharge points.  Hazardous material and fuel storage areas will be bunded and drains will be provided around these facilities to prevent entering of runoff water.  Run-off from area external to process areas of the plant will be contained within a storage system.

245

10.3.9 Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) All precautionary methods will be adopted by the company to reduce the risk of exposure of employees to occupational safety and health hazards. Pre & post medical check-ups will be done of all the employees. Employees will be regularly examined and the medical records will be maintained for each employee. Pulmonary function test and periodical medical checkup shall be done once in every year. The following tests shall be conducted for each worker.  Lung Function Test  Radiology – X-ray  Pulmonary Function Test  Audiometric Test  General clinical examination with emphasis on respiratory system  Pre-employment examinations  Periodical medical examinations at the time of employment and after completion of employment Following control measures will be taken for the employees and workers engaged in work:  Personal protective equipment’s will be provided to all concern staffs and workers.  All safety signs will be placed at proper location  First aid kits will be made available at every department  Medical checkup at regular intervals for monitoring of health status of all workers  Work permit system will be introduced to avoid un-authorized person‘s entry  Fire hydrant system, fire extinguishers will be provided at specific locations  All staff and workers will be trained to fight the emergency situation  Good housekeeping also plays important role in avoiding the undesirable incidences. Therefore, good housekeeping practices will be employed. Facilities such as provision of good quality water, sanitation and clean room for eating and resting shall be provided. It is evident from the project details that the risk or accidental spillage of chemicals may cause ill effects on the health of employees involved. In view of the effect on the health of workers from various activities and exposure during the work, required mitigation / control measures shall be implemented to reduce the associated risk and hazards. 10.3.10 Risk Assessment 10.3.10.1 Storage & Transportation of RS/ENA 246

The proposed project will produce RS/ENA which is a flammable liquid. Leaving aside earthquake, cyclone, lightning, flood, arson, war and sabotage, the possible emergencies that can arise in the proposed project are:  Failure of vessels resulting in the release of RS/ENA.  Failure of pipelines resulting in the release of RS/ENA.  Failure of process equipment resulting in the release of RS/ENA.  Specific failures like accidental spillage of RS/ENA during handling.  Consequential fires involving the flammable materials. 10.3.10.2 Explosion of molasses tank  Proper ventilation shall be provided.  Cooling system shall be provided.  Inspection and regular monitoring of storage area  Training to workers for proper handling  PPEs will be provided as nose mask, hand gloves.  Provision of level indicators for storage tanks Table 10.7: Hazards & Mitigation Measures Associated with RS/ENA

Description Clear Solution Flash Point 21 0C Boiling Point 78 0C Specific Gravity 0.8 Toxic hazards Highly Toxic Fire Extinguishing Media Use water, alcohol foam, dry chemical, carbon dioxide Mitigation Measures  Avoid breathing vapors.  Use Self Contained Breathing Apparatus.  Fire fighters should wear proper protective equipment.  Adequate Fire Fighting arrangements will be made.  Spark & Leak arrestors will be provided at proper places.  During Transportation the electrostatic charges should be prevented to avoid the explosion. 10.3.10.2 Fire Fighting & Protection System The firefighting system will be designed in conformity with the recommendations of the Tariff Advisory Committee (TAC) of Insurance Association of India. While designing the fire protection systems for this power station its extreme ambient conditions need special attention. Codes and Standards of National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) will be followed, as applicable. The different types of fire protection / detection system envisaged for the entire 247

 Hydrant System for entire area of power plant.  High Velocity Water Spray System (HVWS) for Generator Transformer (GT), Unit Auxiliary transformer (UAT), Station Transformer (ST), and turbine lube oil canal pipe lines in main plant, Boiler burner front, diesel oil tank of DG set, main lube oil tank, clean and dirty lube oil tanks.  Medium Velocity Water spray system – Cable gallery / Cable spreader room, bagasse conveyors, Transfer points and F.O. pumping station and F.O. tanks.  Foam system for Fuel oil tanks.  Portable and mobile fire extinguishers for entire plant.  Fire tenders (minimum 2 nos.).  Inert Gas System for Central Control Room, Control Equipment Room, Computer Room and UPS Room in the TG building.  Fixed Foam System: This system is provided for LDO and HFO storage tanks. The water for the foam system will be tapped from the Hydrant system.  Inert gas system: Inert gas system will automatically detect and suppress fire within a protected area. The system will be a total flooding fire suppression system with automatic detection and/or manual release capability. Complete system design will be in accordance with NFPA. The inert gas system will be generally provided above false and below false ceiling of Central Control room, UPS Room, Control equipment room and Computer room.

Fire Detection and alarm system Fire Detection and alarm system will be provided for all Central Control room, Control Equipment Room, battery rooms, all switchgear rooms / MCC rooms, Cable spreader room and Computer rooms located in Power block area and in other auxiliary buildings. A microprocessor-based Fire Detection and Alarm system shall be provided for the entire plant area consisting of Intelligent Analog Addressable type detectors. The system will consist of a central monitoring station and the main Fire Alarm Panel (FAP) located in unit control room and one fire alarm and control panel and repeater panel provided in the fire station office

248

An industrial siren will be installed in the turbine generator building. The siren shall have an audible range of 3 km and produce a minimum sound level of 80 dB (A) above any other noise likely to persist for a period longer than 30 seconds. Additionally all exit routes and hallways in each occupied building shall be provided with sounders and flash light to facilitate safe evacuation in case of fire in the area. All necessary instruction and warning plates will be displayed.

10.3.11 Socioeconomic Development Proponent is planning to implement the Corporate Environment responsibilities (CER) activities for the nearby areas like infrastructure facility development, to make the provision of health and sanitation facilities considering the local people requirement and in consultation with district collector. The company is planning to spend Rs. 4.5 cr. which is about 1.5% (Green field project ≤ 500 cr. investment 1.5%) of additional capital investment project cost (305.86 cr) within a period of 3 years. The time bound action plan for implementation of CSR activities is given in Table 10.8. Proposed CER activities:  Rainwater harvesting, water shed management in the area  Close drainages in villages  Lighting by CFL bulb / solar street lamps.  Drinking water supply Table 10.7: CER Activity Action Plan

CER activity First year Second year Third year Total (Lacs)

Water shed management in the area 40 40 30 110 Providing Water filters 25 20 20 65 Close drainages in villages 30 20 10 60 Solar street lamps 30 20 10 60 Free Health Camp 20 20 10 50 Tree plantation 25 20 20 65 Total 185 155 110 450

249

10.4 Environment Management Cell (EMC) Environmental Management Cell will be established, which will be supervised and controlled by an independent Plant Manager supported by a team of technically qualified personnel apart from other operating staff.

It will be the responsibility of this cell to supervise the monitoring of environmental attributes viz. ambient air quality, water and effluent quality, noise level etc either departmentally or by appointing external agencies wherever necessary. In case the monitored results of environmental contaminants are found to exceed the standard limits, the Environmental Management Cell will suggest remedial measures and get them implemented.

Chairman

Managing Director

Process Manager/ Distillery Manager

Environment Officer/Chief chemist

Lab Chemist

Figure 10.1: Environment Monitoring Cell Table 10.9: Environment Monitoring Cell and its responsibilities

Sr. No. Members Number Responsibility 1. Chairman One Overall implementation of environment management in the factory. 2. Managing One Supervision of overall implementation of Director environment management in the factory. 3. Process One Implementation of mitigation measures considering manager/ all environment components. Distillery Manager 4. Environment One Implementation of mitigation measures considering Officer all environment components, Health and safety of the workers. Technical advisory for all legal issues of environment as well as implementation of 250

Environment Management in the Factory. Arranging the training programs for staff. Monitoring of efficiency of pollution control equipment’s, Water and energy conservation measures, Maintenance, supervision on housekeeping, ETP, Supervision and record keeping of compliance of all regulatory authorities. 5. Lab chemist One Monitor the work environment, health and safety of the workers. Implementation of occupational health and safety policies, program, procedures. Undertaking the Awareness activities.

10.4.1 Responsibilities of Environmental Management Cell The EMC has the responsibility to supervise all the activities in the plant to ensure that those are being carried out as per the standard operating procedure to avoid any type harm to the environment. The EMC also undertake periodical monitoring or survey of various environmental parameters including monitoring and analysis of effluent, air, water and noise to ensure that these parameters are maintained within the prescribed limits. If any deviation observed, they will inform to initiate corrective action by the concern department or they will do themselves if required. They also undertake the physical survey of the green belt to ensure required growth and survival rate of the plant. They will also inform the concern department for corrective action if any to have proper growth of the plants. Environmental monitoring: EMC will ensure that pollution is well below the prescribed limits or there is no much difference between the present concentrations and baseline data. If wide difference is observed then they will need to initiate required corrective action either by optimizing the treatment process or by providing equipment or improving the performance of existing pollution controls equipment. In case the results indicate parameters exceeding the prescribed limits, remedial actions will be taken through the concerned plant people. The actual operation and maintenance of pollution control equipment will be the responsibility of respective department head or a plant in charge. Legal and statutory compliance: EMC will also supervise the work of other department pertaining to the activities of preparation of environment statement report, environment audit, Water Cess return and consent application as per the requirement under various Rules and regulations. They will also guide the HODs of individual department to fulfill the statutory 251

10.5 Post Clearance Monitoring Protocol After grant of environmental clearance by the MoEFCC, half yearly compliance reports will be submitted in hard and soft copies to the concerned regional MoEFCC office on 1st June and 1st December of each calendar year with respect to EC conditions. All such compliance reports submitted will be the public documents. Copies of the same will be made available to the stakeholder upon the request. Existing factory has submitted all compliance to the regional MoEFCC office.

10.6 Environment Management Plan Implementation schedule Four components are essential for effective implementation of EMP:  Training & Development  Communication  Review & Revision  Evaluation Training & Development General environmental awareness shall be provided for all members of staff, with specific information and/ or training given to those responsible for environmental management tasks. Communication

252

Company shall regularly keep practice of communication with employees and outsiders in action. All communication done with employees and those outside of the company, such as farmers, industries or business house, should be documented. Revision & Review Management shall review and update the EMP regularly to ensure it reflects the current situation in the company. An annual review is required as a minimum. After review, management shall make the necessary changes as required and update them into the EMP. Any changes shall be properly updated in all relevant section or part of the EMP. Evaluation Evaluating (checking) the environmental performance, discovering problems and correcting them. Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) of EMP provides useful feedback to the management on their own actions. So that management can evaluate the cause of any problem, check on compliance, find the lacunae in performance and become more efficient and recognize success and achievements. Implementation of Pollution control equipment’s Pollution control equipment’s will be installed during commissioning of the project. General plan for EMP implementation is given below. Table 10.10: EMP implementation phases during Construction

2. Air Pollution Site engineer Immediate during Monitoring record Control /supervisor construction work Records of occupation health devices And safety checkup officer 3. Noise Site engineer Immediate during Vehicular check record pollution /supervisor construction work and safety officer 4. Solid waste Site engineer Immediate during Records of construction waste Management /supervisor construction work generation & disposal and safety officer

253

5. Greenbelt Site engineer Gradually during Record of planting, mainly development /supervisor construction and around the factory supervision and safety commissioning on irrigation facility and officer survival rate 6. Occupational Site engineer During Record and Supervision of Health and /supervisor construction work Personal protective Safety and safety equipment’s provided officer Record of all safety signs Record of First aid kits Record of medical check up Supervision and record of good house keeping

Table 10.10: EMP implementation phases during Operation

Sr.No Activity Responsibility Implementatio Record n 1. Water Process manager/ Immediate Record of ETP performance, Pollution Distillery manger/ implementatio inlet, and outlet characteristics. Control Environment n Record of third party laboratory devices Officer Installation/up analysis report analysis. Regular gradation of inspection record, control & ETP. necessary maintenance for Spent wash reduction of evaporation loss treatment and blow down from cooling though MEE system, Optimization of COC in and Spent cooling system. wash fired boiler Commissioning during Construction 2. Air Process manager/ Immediate Ambient and stack Monitoring Pollution Distillery manger/ during record. Maintains record for Control Environment construction storage of raw material and devices Officer work products

3. Noise Process manager/ Immediate Record of noise monitoring. pollution Distillery manger/ during Supervision record for Acoustic Environment Operation enclosure to DG, Boiler, Officer insulation wherever needed, acoustic laggings and silencers 4. Solid Process manager/ Immediate Records of generation of solid waste Distillery manger/ during waste. Supervision record of Managem Environment operation storage and disposal solid waste. ent Officer 254

Sr.No Activity Responsibility Implementatio Record n

5. Greenbelt Process manager/ Gradually Record of planting/number of developm Distillery manger/ during plants planted and to be plant, ent Environment Operation supervision on irrigation facility Officer and survival rate ensuring healthy and dense greenbelt. 6. Rainwater Process manager/ Gradually Record of rainwater harvesting harvesting Distillery manger/ during plan in the factory, No. of and storm Environment construction recharge pit provided and water Officer and operation location of the same. drainage Record of supervision and maintenance. 7. Occupatio Process manager/ During Record and Supervision of nal Health Distillery manger/ Operation Personal protective equipment’s and Safety Environment provided. Officer Record of all safety signs Record of First aid kits Record of medical check up Supervision and record of good house keeping Record ad supervision of firefighting equipment’s provided and its regular check/ 8. CER Chairman/Managin During Maintain separate record of CER g Director /Process Operation activity carried out year wise and manager / Distillery amount spent on that. manger/ Environment Officer 9. Resource Process manager/ During Reuse of process water, recycling saving, Distillery manger/ Operation of ETP treated water, recycling of Recycle/ Environment used oil, use of power saving Recovery Officer equipment’s, natural ventilation designs in construction phase, use of thermal insulations wherever heat transfer is anticipated, CFL lighting, photosensitive switches, rainwater harvesting

255

10.7 Environment Management Cost Major potential environmental impacts from proposed project will be from Effluent disposal, solid waste generation, wastewater generation, and flue gas emission. However, an effective environment management plan and its implementation reduces level of significant impact on the environment. Factory will implement effective occupational health and safety measures. Environment management cost will be around Rs. 12.95 cr. & recurring cost will be 47.35 lakhs. Table 10.11: Environment Management Cost

10.9 Conclusion Major potential environmental impacts from proposed project will be from solid waste generation, wastewater generation and flue gas emission. However, an implementation of environment management plan reduces level of significant impact on the environment. Factory will implement effective occupational health and safety measures.

256

CHAPTER XI SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

11.1 Scope of the study As per EIA Notification dated 14th September, 2006 and as amended from time to time; this project falls under Category “A”, Project or Activity 5 (g), 5(h) & 1 (d) ii Integrated project All molasses/non-molasses based distilleries ≥60 KLPD], hence Environmental Clearance is required from MoEF&CC, New Delhi. The project has received a standard ToR on 24th Dec 2018. ToR Letter was issued by MoEFCC, New Delhi vide No.IA-J-11011/335/2018-IA-II (I) for the preparation of EIA / EMP Report.

11.2 Project information in brief Table 11.1: Project information

# Particulate Description 30. Project Establishment Of Integrated Sugar Industry (Sugar 5000 TCD, Co- generation 29.5 MW, grain based distillery 45 KLPD & 60 KLPD molasses/sugarcane juice/ Sugar Beet based distillery) 31. Product Products & Co-products Unit Quantity Sugar Unit (5000 TCD) Sugar (sugar [email protected]%) TPD 575 Molasses TPD 200 Press Mud TPD 200 Bagasse Generation TPD 1500 Total Power Plants Capacity (29.5 MW) Co-generation/Spent wash MW 26/3.5 Incineration Boiler Molasses based distillery Unit (60 KLPD) R S & IS / ENA & TA /Fuel Alcohol KLPD 60 Fusel oil KLPD 0.18 Grain based distillery Unit

32. Available land Total Plot Area 44.33 Ha

257

Built up area 27.71 Ha Green Belt area 14.98 Ha 33. List of Raw Material Raw Material Unit Qty Sugar Unit Sugar cane TPD 5000 Lubricant (oil & grease) Kg/d 150 Lime TPD 8 Sulphur TPD 2.50 Power generation Unit Bagasse for co-gen. unit TPD 1387.20 Concentrated Spent wash (55%) for TPD 175 incineration boiler Coal for incineration boiler TPD 138 Molasses based distillery Unit Molasses (FS- 42%) TPD 243 Nutrient Kg/D 60 TRO Kg/D 120 Sulphuric acid Kg/D 90 Grain based distillery Unit Grains – Maize, jowar, broken rice etc ( 68 TPD 104 % starch) Alpha- Amylase Kg/D 56.25 Gluco- amylase Kg/D 56.25 Barley for malting TPD 13 Grapes for grape spirit TPD 78

34. Existing sugar factory products Sugar (TPM) 14490 Bagasse (TPM) 37800 Press mud (TPM) 5040 Molasses( TPM) 5040 35. Operation days Sugar Plant : 160 Days Cogeneration Power Plant : 160 Days Molasses/ Cane Juice Based Distillery : 300 Days Grain Based Distillery : 300 Days 36. Water requirement 1.Sugar plant & Co-gen Unit (5000 TCD) : 517.44 m3/day 2.Molasses based (60 KLPD ) (ENA, Evaporator & ethanol) & Country liquor bottling plant (2 lac cases/month) : 517 m3/day 3.Grain based (45 KLPD) (Liquefaction, evaporator, dryer, ENA) & IMFL Bottling plant (one lac cases/ Month ): 406 m3/day 4. Malt Spirit based (5 KLPD) : 75 m3/day 5.Grape spirit based (KLPD) : 60 m3/day 3 6.CO2 Plant (50 TPD): 12 m /day 7.Cyclo dextrin plant (2.5 MT/day): 25 m3/day 8.Domestic Use/Colony – 200 m3/day 258

37. Source of water The water requirement for the proposed integrated sugar complex will be sourced from Sina Kolegaon Dam & Mangi Talav 7.5 km 38. Boiler Boiler - 150 TPH - For Sugar & Co-generation Unit Incineration Boiler - 35 TPH – For Molasses /Cane Juice based Distillery Unit 39. TG 26 and 3.5 40. Electricity Average Power generation: 25 MW requirement Exportable Power : 23.5 MW Power consumption : 1.5 41. Fuel Co-gen Boiler (150 TPH):Bagasse – 1387.20 MT/Day (2,21,952 MT/annum) Incineration Boiler (35 TPH): Concentrated Spent Wash- 175 TPD + Coal- 138 TPD D.G. Set (500 KVA) – HSD : 65 lit/hr. 42. Steam Co-gen Unit Steam through 18 MW BP TPH 112.27 Steam through 8 MW DEC TPH 30.50 Distillery Boiler Unit TPH 35

43. Total effluent Total Industrial Effluent Generation from sugar and Co-gen 545.28 KLD generation = 0.109 CM/Ton cane crushed (Norms < 0.4 CM/Ton) Spent Wash Generation from molasses based distillery = (175/60) = 2.92 KL/KL of Alcohol Production (Norms < 08-10 KL/KL) Total Sewage Generation 180 m3/day Process Condensate 392 m3/day Spent Lees160 m3/day WTP Blow down & Boiler Blow Down 109 m3/day Cooling Tower Blow down 36 m3/day 44. Effluent treatment Sugar unit: Primary clarifier & two stages ASP (Activated Sludge system Process) treated to irrigation standards. Distillery units: Spent wash concentration in evaporator and then mixed with Bagasse/husk and utilization as fuel in boiler. 45. Ash Bagasse Ash – 20.81 MT/day Coal and spent wash Ash from Incineration boiler – 84.06 MT/day 46. ETP sludge 325kg/day 47. Air pollution control For 150 TPH boiler: ESP & 58 m stack measures For 35 TPH spent wash boiler: ESP and 70 m stack 48. Man-power During Construction: 150-200 Nos. During Operation : 460 Nos. 49. Total project cost Rs. 305.86 Crores 50. Total EMP capital Rs. 12.95 Crores cost Environmental setting nearby 51. Nearest Village Pande 2.25 km in SE, Dhakshinvadi 1.6 km

259

52. Nearest Town / City Karmala 2.0 km 53. Nearest IMD station Solapur (43117) 54. Nearest Highway SH 143: 2.5 km in north SH 141: 1.7 km in South West SH 67: 1.5 km West SH 149: 16.9 South east 55. Nearest Railway Jeur Railway station:16 km in South West station Kem railway Station:25 km in South East Jinti railway station:36 km in South West 56. Nearest Airport Pune International airport 140 Km towards West Baramati Airport: 70 km in South West Osmanabad Airport: 90 in South East 57. National Parks, No any Reserved Forests (RF) / Protected Forests (PF), Wildlife Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Tiger/ Elephant Reserves, Wildlife Corridors etc. within 10 km radius 58. River/Water Body Sina river : 4.5 km (within 10 km Mangi Taval 7.5 km radius)

11.3 Other raw material requirements for the project Raw material required for existing and proposed distillery is given below,

Table 11.2: Raw Material details Sr. Raw material Quantity Storage Source Mode of No. Transport Sugar Unit 17. Sugar cane 40,000 T Command area Trucks, Tractor, 5000 bullock cart 18. Lubricant - Nearby Market Trucks, Tempos 150 (oil & grease) 19. Lime 8 Godown Nearby Market -do- 20. Sulphur 2.50 Godown Nearby Market Power generation Unit 21. Bagasse for co-gen. 30,000 Tons Nearby Market - 1387.2 unit

260

Sr. Raw material Quantity Storage Source Mode of No. Transport 22. Concentrated Spent 175 2187.50 m3 Nearby Market - wash (55%) for 15 day storage incineration boiler One day storage 23. 4,500 Tons Nearby Market Trucks, Coal for incineration coal (one 138 boiler month’s storage) 24. Molasses (FS-42%) 243 7500 T X 3 Nearby Market Tankers 25. Nutrient 60 - Nearby Market Trucks, Tempos 26. TRO 120 - Nearby Market Trucks, Tempos 27. Sulphuric acid 90 Go down Nearby Market Trucks, Tempos Grain based distillery Unit 28. Grains – Maize, 3000 T Nearby Market Trucks, Tempos jowar, broken rice 104 etc. ( 68 % starch) 29. Alpha- Amylase 56.25 Godown Nearby Market Trucks, Tempos 30. Gluco- amylase 56.25 Godown Nearby Market Trucks, Tempos 31. Barley for malting 13 Godown Nearby Market Trucks, Tempos 32. Grapes for grape Godown Nearby Market Trucks, Tempos 78 spirit

11.5 Description of the environment The study area as per awarded Standared TOR, 2018 is earmarked to be 10 km from the project site. The study period conducted was from Dec 2018 to Feb 2019. The guiding factors for the present baseline study are the requirements prescribed by the guidelines given in the EIA Manual of the MoEFCC and methodologies mentioned in Technical EIA Guidelines Manual for Distilleries by IL&FS Ecosmart Ltd., approved by MoEFCC.

11.6 Anticipated Environmental Impacts Anticipated environmental impacts due to operation of the proposed project are given in below Table 11.5 Table 11.5: Anticipated Impacts

Environmental Facets Anticipated Impacts Air Environment Probable increase in concentration of air pollutants due to process, fugitive, and utility emissions. Water Environment Generation of industrial & domestic wastewater.

261

Environmental Facets Anticipated Impacts Land Environment Impacts on land due to improper disposal of hazardous/ solid waste. Ecological Environment Positive as greenbelt of appropriate width will be developed and maintained by the factory in the area. No impacts are envisaged on aquatic flora & fauna as there will be zero effluent discharge outside the plant premises. Social Environment Overall development of the area in respect of the infrastructure development, educational growth, health facilities etc. Economic Environment Positive impacts on economy of the region and the country as the Alcohol will be exported and revenue generation. Noise Environment Minor increase in noise level within the project area. Occupational Health & Major health hazards are identified in worst case scenario. Safety

262

CHAPTER XII: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT

Chapter provides the information of Environment consultant involved in preparation of Environment Impact Assessment Report, NABET accreditation status of the Consultant organization and team of experts involved in preparation of EIA report.

12.1 Background of the organization MITCON Consultancy and Engineering Services Ltd., (MITCON) is a rapidly growing, an ISO 9001- 2008 certified Consultancy Company, promoted by ICICI, IDBI, IFCI, and State Corporations of Maharashtra and Public Commercial Banks. It was founded in 1982; with Head Office at Pune and with supporting offices spread over entire country including Mumbai, Delhi, Bangalore, Hyderabad, Chennai, Chandigarh, and Ahmadabad etc. With experience, expertise, and track record developed over last almost three decades, MITCON provides diverse range of macro and micro consultancy services in the areas of

 Environment Management and Engineering (EME).  Energy Efficiency.  Biomass and Co-gen power.  Agricultural Business and Bio-technology.  Infrastructure.  Market Research.  Banking Finance and Securitisation.  Micro Enterprise Development.  IT Training and Education

12.2 Environmental Management and Engineering Division (EME) Environmental Management and Engineering Division (EME) is one of the key divisions of MITCON and provide expert consultancy and laboratory services for various matrixes of services in the field of environmental management. Thus, EME division partners with an organization in their efforts of achieving sustainable business model. Some of our credentials of EME division is,  State-of-the-art Environment Laboratory with experienced and trained manpower.  Recognition by Ministry of Environment and Forest (MoEFCC), Government of India and OHSAS 18001/2007.

263

 We are recommended as Technical Consultant by Directorate of Municipal Administration, Govt. of Maharashtra, Mumbai, for preparation of Detailed Project Reports (DPR) on Municipal Solid Waste Management for the Municipal Councils in Maharashtra.  Accredited by QCI-NABET as an EIA consultant.  Environmental Impact Assessment  Environmental Audit / Status Report  Consent from SPCB  Municipal Solid Waste Management (MSW)/ Hazardous Waste (HZ) Management & Technical Services  Water Supply and Sanitation  Small Turnkey Projects  Technical Appraisal  GIS and Remote Sensing  Laboratory Services  Water Quality  Soil Quality  Wastes (Solid & Semisolid)  Specialized Services  Monitoring Services  Operation&Maintenance Services EME division of MITCON serves to various sectors like – GIS & RS, solid waste, infrastructure, power, sugar, engineering, chemical, real estate etc.

12.3 NABET Accreditation MITCON Consultancy and Engineering Services Ltd. is accredited from National Accreditation Board for Education and Training (NABET), Quality Council of India for the EIA consultancy services in 16 sectors.

264

12.4 Key personnel’s engaged in preparation of EIA report Dr. Hemangi Nalavade is an EIA coordinator for this project. Other Functional Area Expertise (FAE) and Team Members (TM) undertaking this project with their specific roles and responsibilities are given in below, Table 12.1: Experts engaged in the EIA report

S. No. Name of the expert/s Functional Area 1. Dr. Sandeep Jadhav EB & SC 2. Mr. Shrikant Kakade EB 3. Dr. Hemangi N. Nalavade AQ, SHW 4. Mr. Ganesh Khamgal SE 5. Dr. Karmalkar HG & GEO 6. Ananat Gadre LU 7. Mr. Chetan Patil ISW 8. Mr. Aniket Taware RH 9. Mr. Sanjay Shevkar Air and Noise Pollution

265